<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=AgataK</id>
	<title>Vaniquotes - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=AgataK"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/wiki/Special:Contributions/AgataK"/>
	<updated>2026-06-23T09:25:03Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.45.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=This_is_the_time_means&amp;diff=536906</id>
		<title>This is the time means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=This_is_the_time_means&amp;diff=536906"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:33:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page This is the time means... to This is the time means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;means this human form of life&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|12Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|12Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:This Is|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:time|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB125EdinburghJuly171972_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;27&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.5 -- Edinburgh, July 17, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.5 -- Edinburgh, July 17, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;This is the time&amp;quot; means this human form of life. Animals cannot inquire.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.5 -- Edinburgh, July 17, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.5 -- Edinburgh, July 17, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Atha, &amp;quot;Now, this is the time for inquiring about the Absolute Truth.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;This is the time&amp;quot; means this human form of life. Animals cannot inquire. Therefore Vedānta-sūtra says, athāto brahma jijñāsā: inquire about the Absolute Truth. Brahma, brahmeti paramātmeti bhagavān iti śabdyate ([[Vanisource:SB 1.2.11|SB 1.2.11]]). The ultimate Absolute Truth is Kṛṣṇa, the person. Paramātmā is plenary expansion, and Brahman is impersonal effulgence. So if one understands Kṛṣṇa by question and answer, then he understands the other three features. But simply by understanding the impersonal feature, Brahman effulgence, one cannot understand Kṛṣṇa. Neither by understanding or seeing the Paramātmā, one can understand Kṛṣṇa. To see the Paramātmā is the business of the yogis. Dhyānāvasthita-tad-gatena manasā paśyanti yaṁ yoginaḥ ([[Vanisource:SB 12.13.1|SB 12.13.1]]). Yoginaḥ, the yogis they are trying to see Kṛṣṇa or Viṣṇu within their heart by meditation. Meditation means this. Dhyānāvasthita-tad-gatena manasā paśyanti yaṁ yoginaḥ ([[Vanisource:SB 12.13.1|SB 12.13.1]]). And the jñānīs they want to stop these material varieties, make it impersonal, and merge into the existence of Brahman effulgence. But devotees, they do not, neither of them, neither they even want to be transferred to the Vaikuṇṭhaloka. They are satisfied in any condition life, provided they have got the opportunity to serve Kṛṣṇa. That is the ambition.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=They_are_thinking_to_become_fearless_means&amp;diff=536894</id>
		<title>They are thinking to become fearless means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=They_are_thinking_to_become_fearless_means&amp;diff=536894"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:33:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page They are thinking to become fearless means... to They are thinking to become fearless means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;They are thinking to become fearless means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|25Oct08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|25Oct08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:They Are|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Thinking|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:To Become|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fearlessness|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary D-E-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;1976_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1976 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1976 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Garden Discussion on Bhagavad-gita Sixteenth Chapter -- June 26, 1976, New Vrindaban&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Garden Discussion on Bhagavad-gita Sixteenth Chapter -- June 26, 1976, New Vrindaban&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To eat, sleep, sex and become fearful, that is animal life. And one has to become fearless. So who cares for it? They are thinking to become fearless means to keep gun. That is also one way.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Garden Discussion on Bhagavad-gita Sixteenth Chapter -- June 26, 1976, New Vrindaban|Garden Discussion on Bhagavad-gita Sixteenth Chapter -- June 26, 1976, New Vrindaban]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: He was describing about that factory. So they are working in the factory, what do they care for hell? Even if we go to hell, they will get some good salary, that&#039;s all. Money required, then I can drink nicely. The standard is there. Now this qualification, abhayaṁ sattva-saṁśuddhir, what is that? It does not strike them at all, these qualities are high qualities. Is it not? This is the... What is the translation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dhṛṣṭadyumna: &amp;quot;Fearlessness, purification of one&#039;s existence.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: And who is fearless? Everyone is fearful. And fearlessness is good quality, who understands it? Ahara-nidra-bhaya-maithunaṁ ca, this is animal life. To eat, sleep, sex and become fearful, that is animal life. And one has to become fearless. So who cares for it? They are thinking to become fearless means to keep gun. That is also one way. Then, fearlessness and...?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dhṛṣṭadyumna: &amp;quot;Purification of one&#039;s existence.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That they do not know. When they fall sick, then they want to purify, go to the physician, but his whole life is impure, he doesn&#039;t know. Because it is impure, therefore they are subjected to birth, death, old age and disease. That they do not know. But if you scrutinizingly examine all these different items of advancement of life, the modern man has no idea. That is being explained in this chapter. Therefore there is no such education, neither people are interested. Now higher art classes in the colleges, universities, no student will join. They are simply learning technological process. Go on.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Therefore_means&amp;diff=536892</id>
		<title>Therefore means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Therefore_means&amp;diff=536892"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:33:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page Therefore means... to Therefore means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;have enjoyed your material life&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;means after concluding something&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;means because you have got this human&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;means something has been&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;therefore means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|30Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|30Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=4|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|4}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Therefore|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG4911NewYorkJuly251966_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;152&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 4.9-11 -- New York, July 25, 1966&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 4.9-11 -- New York, July 25, 1966&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Therefore&amp;quot; means something has been said before.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.9-11 -- New York, July 25, 1966|Lecture on BG 4.9-11 -- New York, July 25, 1966]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In the, I mean to say, in the Vedas also, Kaṭha Upaniṣad, this is said exclusively: Tasmād guruṁ prapadyeta jijñāsuḥ śreya uttamam ([[Vanisource:SB 11.3.21|SB 11.3.21]]). Tasmāt. Tasmāt means &amp;quot;therefore.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Therefore&amp;quot; means something has been said before. What is that? Tasmād guruṁ prapadyeta jijñāsuḥ śreya uttamam. As soon as we begin to ask about the higher nature... That propensity should be awakened. In the lower nature we are busy in the matter of eating, sleeping, defending and sense gratification. So we should not be satisfied, simply remaining in the lower nature. The human life is meant for developing the higher nature. The Vedānta-sūtra therefore says, athāto brahma jijñāsā. Now, now we have got the developed consciousness of human body, now, this is the time for asking about the Supreme Brahman. (talking in the background) (aside:) You ask them to speak slowly. At least speak slowly. You go there.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB1222LosAngelesAugust251972_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;87&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.22 -- Los Angeles, August 25, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.22 -- Los Angeles, August 25, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Therefore&amp;quot; means after concluding something, then we say &amp;quot;therefore.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.22 -- Los Angeles, August 25, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.22 -- Los Angeles, August 25, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So &amp;quot;therefore.&amp;quot; The word is &amp;quot;therefore.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Therefore&amp;quot; means after concluding something, then we say &amp;quot;therefore.&amp;quot; When we talk, when we argue, when we come to the conclusion, then we say &amp;quot;therefore.&amp;quot; Or when our argument is strong, then we say &amp;quot;therefore.&amp;quot; So this &amp;quot;therefore&amp;quot; means that one is firmly convinced. As it is described in the previous verse, bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś chidyante sarva-saṁśayāḥ. Sarva-saṁśayāḥ. Saṁśaya means doubtfulness.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB1514NewVrindabanMay221969_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;129&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.5.1-4 -- New Vrindaban, May 22, 1969&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.5.1-4 -- New Vrindaban, May 22, 1969&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Therefore&amp;quot; means that &amp;quot;You have enjoyed your material life as luxuriantly as possible, but you are confused. You are not happy. You have produced hippies, frustration. Therefore.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.5.1-4 -- New Vrindaban, May 22, 1969|Lecture on SB 1.5.1-4 -- New Vrindaban, May 22, 1969]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Just like athāto brahma jijñāsā. Atha, &amp;quot;now,&amp;quot; ataḥ, &amp;quot;after this,&amp;quot; brahma, &amp;quot;the Supreme Absolute Truth,&amp;quot; jijñāsā, &amp;quot;one should inquire.&amp;quot; Now you can explain in volumes of books athāto brahma jijñāsā. So there are different commentators, they have explained when brahma-jijñāsā should begin, when one should be prepared to inquire about the Supreme. Somebody says, &amp;quot;After karma-kāṇḍīya, after finishing all these sense gratificatory processes,&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;After this, after this.&amp;quot; Because the word is atha, &amp;quot;now, hereinafter.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Therefore.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Therefore,&amp;quot; that&#039;s atha. This word is very significant, atha. Why &amp;quot;therefore&amp;quot;? Especially in your America—you are all American boys and girls—you should take note of this atha, &amp;quot;therefore.&amp;quot; What is that &amp;quot;therefore&amp;quot;? &amp;quot;Therefore&amp;quot; means that &amp;quot;You have enjoyed your material life as luxuriantly as possible, but you are confused. You are not happy. You have produced hippies, frustration. Therefore.&amp;quot; You can take this word, &amp;quot;therefore.&amp;quot; Because we have failed, the Americans have failed to achieve the highest pleasure of life even by arranging all kinds of material facilities, therefore they should be eager to understand. At least, they should inquire what is the cause. (aside:) Don&#039;t bother about that. Here.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;So brahma-jijñāsā. This brahma-jijñāsā is answered immediately in the Vedānta-sūtra. What is Brahman or what is the greatest? Say, greatest happiness. Now you have enjoyed material happiness, but you are not satisfied. You are confused. Then you should inquire what is greatest happiness. So these codes are so important thing, Vedānta-sūtra. You can explain &amp;quot;therefore&amp;quot; in so many ways according to your knowledge. But scientifically, this &amp;quot;therefore&amp;quot; means we are trying to find out the original source of everything. We are trying to find out what is the original source of this cosmic manifestation, why we are hankering after happiness, why we are confused. So many things.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;General_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;11&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;General Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;General Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureSeattleOctober71968_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;General_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;22&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture -- Seattle, October 7, 1968&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture -- Seattle, October 7, 1968&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Therefore&amp;quot; means because you have got this human body—&amp;quot;therefore.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture -- Seattle, October 7, 1968|Lecture -- Seattle, October 7, 1968]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So how we can transfer into that kingdom of light? The whole human civilization is based on these principles. The Vedānta says, athāto brahma jijñāsā. Atha ataḥ. &amp;quot;Therefore you should now inquire about Brahman, the Absolute.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Therefore now&amp;quot; means... Every word is significant. &amp;quot;Therefore&amp;quot; means because you have got this human body—&amp;quot;therefore.&amp;quot; And ataḥ means &amp;quot;hereafter.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Hereafter&amp;quot; means you have passed through many, many lives, 8,400,000 species of life. Aquatics—900,000. Jalajā nava-lakṣāṇi sthāvarā lakṣa-viṁśati. This is the... Darwin has taken the idea of evolution from this Padma Purāṇa. You won&#039;t find any philosophy, any doctrine in the world which is not found in the Vedic literature. It is so perfect, everything is there. So the anthropomorphism or—what is called?—anthropology... Anthropology of Darwin is there in the Padma Purāṇa. It is very nicely described. Darwin cannot explain what are the number of the species of different, but Padma Purāṇa states that there are 900,000 species of life within water, within the ocean. And above the ocean, as soon as the ocean water is dried up, the land is coming out, immediately the vegetation begins. Different types of plants and trees then come out. So jalajā nava-lakṣāṇi sthāvarā lakṣa-viṁśati. Two millions, lakṣa-viṁśati, twenty hundred thousand. That is two million? Anyway... Sthāvarā lakṣa. Sthāvarā means those who cannot move. There are different types of living entities. The trees, the plants, they cannot move. The other type of living entities, just like the birds, the beasts, the human being, they can move. So sthāvarā and jaṅgama. Jaṅgama means those who can move, and sthāvarā means those who cannot move. The hills, the mountains, they are also amongst the sthāvarās. They are also living entities. There are many hills, they are growing. That means there is life, but in the lowest stage of: stone. So in this way we are making progress. Sthāvarā lakṣa-viṁśati kṛmayo rudra-saṅkhyakāḥ. Reptiles and worms. Rudra-saṅkhyakāḥ means eleven hundred thousands. Then from reptiles, worms, the wings grow-birds. From wings grow... Then it comes to the bird&#039;s life. Pakśiṇāṁ daśa-lakṣaṇam: ten hundred thousands of birds. And then paśavaḥ triṁśal-lakṣāṇi, four-legged animals, there are thirty hundred thousand. So nine and twenty, twenty-nine, then eleven, forty, then birds, ten, fifty, beasts, thirty, eighty-eighty hundred thousands. And then... Eight millions—and four hundred thousand species of human life. Human life is not in large quantity. Out of that, mostly they are uncivilized, and very few Aryan families. The Aryan family—the Indo-European family, they are also Aryan—they are very few. The Europeans, they belong to the Indo-European group. The Americans, they also come from Europe. So this group of human society is very few. There are other, many uncivilized groups. Therefore Vedānta says, atha ataḥ: now you have got developed human form of life, civilized life, you have got nice arrangement for your comfortable life. Especially in America you have got all material comforts. You have got cars, you have got good road, nice food, nice building, nice dress, nice feature of your body. Everything God has given you very nice. The Vedānta advises, &amp;quot;Now you take to about the inquiry of Brahman.&amp;quot; Athāto brahma jijñāsā.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Theosophy_means&amp;diff=536886</id>
		<title>Theosophy means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Theosophy_means&amp;diff=536886"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:22:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page Theosophy means... to Theosophy means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Theosophy means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|09Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|09Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Theosophy|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1975 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1975 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;MorningWalkJune261975LosAngeles_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;113&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- June 26, 1975, Los Angeles&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- June 26, 1975, Los Angeles&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Theosophy means a system of speculation, that&#039;s all.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- June 26, 1975, Los Angeles|Morning Walk -- June 26, 1975, Los Angeles]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: (in car) So do these people know what is the science of God?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Jayatīrtha: No. But they pretend that they do.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Well, pretending will not do. You must explain what is God. &amp;quot;Something,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;perhaps,&amp;quot; this is not science. (break)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Jayatīrtha: ...if no one else knows, they&#039;re able to fool them.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: (laughs) Yes.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Brahmānanda: Each man presents his own theory.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: That is theosophy, that is not theology. Theosophy means a system of speculation, that&#039;s all. And theology does not require. Biology. Logy means science. They say anthropology, but it is not logy; it is theory. &amp;quot;Maybe,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;200,000,000&#039;s of years.&amp;quot; What is this? Logy does not mean that.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Jayatīrtha: Still, they&#039;re awarding Ph.D.&#039;s in theology.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Just like astrology. That is a science. Eh? What is that?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Jayatīrtha: But still they&#039;re awarding Ph.D.&#039;s in theology, even they don&#039;t know anything about it.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: You can do. Hiranda-pitha drumayate. When there is no tree, the small castor seed oil tree... It is not much. It becomes a very big tree. Hiranda-pitha drumayate. The castor seed plants, they are taken as big tree. (break) Actually, theology is Bhagavad-gītā.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Theory_means&amp;diff=536884</id>
		<title>Theory means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Theory_means&amp;diff=536884"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:22:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page Theory means... to Theory means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Theory means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|28Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|28Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Theory|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1976_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;9&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1976 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1976 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationAugust111976Tehran_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1976_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;255&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- August 11, 1976, Tehran&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- August 11, 1976, Tehran&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Theory means they are not certain.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- August 11, 1976, Tehran|Room Conversation -- August 11, 1976, Tehran]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: George Henderson. He has no job here. All these theoretical doctors are no longer required by (indistinct).&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee (2): I was reading the other day that they are doing some experiments on Mars. They have twenty-two different theories about this one idea. Just this one little idea, twenty-two different theories.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Theory means they are not certain.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee (2): The misfortunate thing is that people in general have faith in the scientists.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: So you have to create people to have faith in Kṛṣṇa. If people are going by faith, so you have to create this faith that Kṛṣṇa (indistinct). They can create, you can create. And they criticize our destiny theory, believing in the destiny. They criticize it. So why they&#039;ll depend on chance theory? What is the difference, destiny and chance?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee (2): Destiny means there is controller.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Huh?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee (2): Destiny means there is a controller.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: That&#039;s all right, but they cannot explain what is this controller; therefore they disbelieve. Just like yesterday we were discussing that atheist class, that they are by chance there was lusty desires and there was pregnancy and there will be child. So we say, &amp;quot;No. Daiva-netreṇa. These things have been arranged by superior authorities.&amp;quot; This is destiny, that what is already arranged by superior authority, that is destiny. You cannot change it. A man is ordered to be hanged by court justice, you cannot change. He is to be hanged. And they will say, &amp;quot;By chance he will be hanged.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Theistic_means&amp;diff=536880</id>
		<title>Theistic means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Theistic_means&amp;diff=536880"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:21:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page Theistic means... to Theistic means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Theistic means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|10Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|10Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Theism|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG212NewYorkMarch71966_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;52&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 2.12 -- New York, March 7, 1966&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 2.12 -- New York, March 7, 1966&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yoga system is theistic. Theistic means believing in God.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.12 -- New York, March 7, 1966|Lecture on BG 2.12 -- New York, March 7, 1966]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Now, just to inform you I have just brought one very authoritative book by two great professors of Calcutta University. The book is called Introduction to Indian Philosophy. Now he says... &amp;quot;He says&amp;quot; means he is giving, after studying all different kinds of philosophy, he is giving a nutshell idea of each type of system. Now, just see: &amp;quot;The place of God in the yoga... The place of God in the yoga, as distinguished from the Sāṅkhya, the yoga is theistic.&amp;quot; Yoga system was introduced by Lord Patañjali, a great authority. You see? Now they have studied. Here is two persons. And this book is very authoritative. This is the sixth edition. Just see. It has very good sale in all the universities of the world. It is a very authoritative book. And this Dr. Chatterjee and Dr. Datta, they are not ordinary persons. This is accepted by all universities. And they are authoritative persons. Now, just... I am therefore reading his version. What does he say? The yoga system. Now, &amp;quot;As distinguished from the Sāṅkhya, the yoga is theistic.&amp;quot; Yoga system is theistic. Theistic means believing in God. (From here for about four pages, Prabhupāda is mostly reading from the Indian Philosophy book.) It admits the existence of God and both practical and theoretical Gods. Patañjali himself, however, has not felt the necessity of God for solving any theoretical problem of philosophy. For him, God has more a practical value than a theoretical one. This is the version of Patañjali. You see?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotion to God is considered to be the great practical value, as much as it forms a part of practice of yoga. Those who are practicing yoga, they must be devotee of God. Otherwise, yoga will be a failure. You see? So inasmuch as it forms a part of practice of yoga and is one of the means for the final attainment of samādhi-yoga or the restraint of the mind... That yoga, citta-niruddha. The whole purpose of practicing yoga is to control the mind, control the mind. Now, here Patañjali system, that unless you, I mean, conduct devotional service of Lord, or bhakti, there is no success of yoga. The subsequent commentators and interpreters... The difficulty is that wrong interpretation of the original text delude the audience. You see? So they are... The subsequent commentators and interpreters of the yoga reveals also a theoretical interest in God and discuss more fully the speculative problems as to the nature of God and the proof for the existence of God. They practically take up the speculative way. But Patañjali, as he is, he takes practically, that without devotion of God, there is no success of yoga. Thus the yoga system has come to have both a theoretical and practical interest in the divine will. According to the yoga, God is the Supreme Person. Now just see. This is authoritative statement. A Supreme Person. Did you ever hear...? You have been in so many yoga societies. Did you ever hear that God is the Supreme Person?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Their_thinking_means&amp;diff=536876</id>
		<title>Their thinking means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Their_thinking_means&amp;diff=536876"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:21:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page Their thinking means... to Their thinking means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Their thinking means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Vraj Kishori| Visnu Murti}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|04Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|08Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Thinking|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1975 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1975 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- May 20, 1975, Melbourne&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- May 20, 1975, Melbourne&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Their &amp;quot;thinking&amp;quot; means they are not fixed up. That very word suggest that they are not fixed up.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- May 20, 1975, Melbourne|Morning Walk -- May 20, 1975, Melbourne]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. Arjuna said, kariṣye vacanaṁ tava: [Bg. 18.73] &amp;quot;Yes, I shall carry out Your order, nothing else. Yes, You are asking me to fight. I will fight. That&#039;s all.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee (3): Śrīla Prabhupāda, if one goes to the temple, if one attends the temple regularly and inquires from the devotees about the devotional principles, and because of some reason, it&#039;s not necessarily... it&#039;s not convenient for him to live in the temple at that time, and he is living with people...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, no, you live in temple or without temple, if you follow the instruction, that is wanted. If you live without temple and chant sixteen rounds and observe the regulative principle, that&#039;s all right. It doesn&#039;t require that you should live in the temple. And if you live in the temple and do all nonsense, then what is the use of living in the temple?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee: Is it wrong to think of initiation then? Or initiated also? (?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Their &amp;quot;thinking&amp;quot; means they are not fixed up. That very word suggest that they are not fixed up. Oh, initiation can take place anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śrutakīrti: He&#039;s saying those that are initiated, must they live in the temple? He&#039;s making the...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, no, must follow the regulative principle, not that must live in temple.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Their_hopefulness_means&amp;diff=536874</id>
		<title>Their hopefulness means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Their_hopefulness_means&amp;diff=536874"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:21:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page Their hopefulness means... to Their hopefulness means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Their hopefulness means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|31Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|31Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Their|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hopeful|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary G-H-I]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1976_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;9&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1976 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1976 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;MorningWalkJuly111976NewYork_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1976_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;206&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- July 11, 1976, New York&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- July 11, 1976, New York&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Their hopefulness means that is a proof that crazy, mad.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- July 11, 1976, New York|Morning Walk -- July 11, 1976, New York]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hari-śauri: I was reading the other day that at one university they started a course where they take the students through a course of death. They study death and then they try to get them to...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: If it was possible to keep them by medicine, then no rich men would have died. You have got sufficient means to pay for medicine, and he would have kept his relatives, son alive. Bālasya neha śaraṇaṁ pitarau nṛsiṁha nārtasya cāgadam udanvati majjato nauḥ. Prahlāda Mahārāja has said. It is not possible.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Rāmeśvara: They are very hopeful that modern medicine can keep them...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: They are hopeful of everything. That is their foolishness. Hope against hope, that&#039;s all. The hope will never be fulfilled, still... Therefore they are called pramatta. Pramatta means mad, crazy. Their hopefulness means that is a proof that crazy, mad.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Bali-mardana: Some of the rich men, they buy a cabinet that their body is put into, and they hope that they will wake up in a thousand years.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes, hope there must be, otherwise how they are foolish? This is called..., what is called? Bakāṇḍo nyāya. Baka, the duck, and aṇḍa, the testicle. So the bull, he has a testicle hanging, and the baka is thinking it is a fish. (laughter) So he&#039;s going, he&#039;s... (laughter). This is called bakāṇḍo nyāya.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Svarūpa Dāmodara: I have seen it.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Everyone knows, this is a common thing in India. You&#039;ll see, the baka is going on. He&#039;s hoping, &amp;quot;This fish will drop and...&amp;quot; (laughter) Therefore they are baka. Bokā means rascal, bokā means rascal. In India we say any fool, bokā or baka.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Bali-mardana: Baka is a duck?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Means that the duck is a fool. Bakāṇḍo nyāya. Very appropriate, this bakāṇḍo nyāya. Logic of duck and testicle.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Rāmeśvara: You say they are ghostly haunted.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Hm?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Rāmeśvara: Ghostly haunted.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes, everyone, the materialistic man means ghostly haunted. He&#039;s talking so many nonsense. The whole grade, philosophy, science and everything, all ghostly talking, that&#039;s all. There is no reality.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_whole_process_of_yoga_means&amp;diff=536872</id>
		<title>The whole process of yoga means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_whole_process_of_yoga_means&amp;diff=536872"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:21:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The whole process of yoga means... to The whole process of yoga means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The whole process of yoga means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|25Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|25Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Whole|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Yoga Process|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary P-Q-R]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary V-W-X-Y-Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary V-W-X-Y-Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG25969NewYorkApril291966_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;113&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 2.59-69 -- New York, April 29, 1966&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 2.59-69 -- New York, April 29, 1966&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The whole process of yoga means indriya-saṁyama, controlling the senses. Controlling the senses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.59-69 -- New York, April 29, 1966|Lecture on BG 2.59-69 -- New York, April 29, 1966]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This verse we were discussing last Friday. The subject matter is that we are trying to transfer our activities from the material platform to the spiritual platform. That is the whole idea. So material platform, as I have already explained to you several times, material platform means viṣayāḥ, viṣayḥ. Viṣayāḥ means four things: āhāra, nidrā, bhaya, maithuna—eating, sleeping and defending and mating. These are called viṣayāḥ. The materialistic way of life means these four things: eating, sleeping, defending and mating—sense gratification. But if we want to go to the spiritual platform, then these bodily demands, at least for the present, we have to regulate. We cannot enjoy material life without any restriction and at the same time, we can stand on the spiritual platform. That is the whole thing. The difficult problem is that: we want to be spiritualists by speculation only. That is the whole tendency. People are much interested in philosophical speculation without any practical life. In the modern world it is said, yaśo &#039;rthe dharma-yajanam. This is the symptom of this age. Yaśaḥ arthe. I want to associate with some organization, spiritual, just for the sake of name: &amp;quot;Oh, I am attached to that, such big organization.&amp;quot; But, so far my life is concerned, it is as it is. As it is. I have seen that... I don&#039;t wish to name that particular... In some yoga institute, I have seen the members, they come. They hear, and they are hearing and coming for the last ten years. But unfortunately, they have not learned even the preliminary instruction of yoga. Yoga... Yoga... The whole process of yoga means indriya-saṁyama, controlling the senses. Controlling the senses. But I have seen. They have no control over senses. The whole yoga process means controlling the senses, nothing more. The haṭha-yoga means by different practice of āsana, posture or sitting posture or breathing posture... All these means concentrating myself, focusing my attention to the Supersoul. And because our mind is disturbed, because our mind is distributed in so many engagements, therefore the yogic process is a mechanical process by which we can, I mean to say, drag the mind from outside engagement to inner side and focus the same for perceiving or for realizing the Supersoul. (break)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_whole_history_of_the_world_means&amp;diff=536870</id>
		<title>The whole history of the world means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_whole_history_of_the_world_means&amp;diff=536870"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:21:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The whole history of the world means... to The whole history of the world means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The whole history of the world means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|07Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|07Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:whole|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:History|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:World|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary G-H-I]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary V-W-X-Y-Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG133ParisAugust111973_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;346&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 13.3 -- Paris, August 11, 1973&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 13.3 -- Paris, August 11, 1973&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The whole history of the world means this mistaken idea. &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;mine.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 13.3 -- Paris, August 11, 1973|Lecture on BG 13.3 -- Paris, August 11, 1973]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Similarly this body is one identity and I am another identity. So knowledge means when we can understand that it is &amp;quot;my body,&amp;quot; not &amp;quot;I body.&amp;quot; Not this nonsense. Nobody says, &amp;quot;I body.&amp;quot; Everyone says &amp;quot;my body.&amp;quot; This is knowledge. But these rascals, these rascals of modern age, they are saying &amp;quot;I body.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am this body.&amp;quot; What you are? &amp;quot;I am this body.&amp;quot; What is your interest? &amp;quot;Now anything which is interested with my body.&amp;quot; He&#039;s not &amp;quot;I body,&amp;quot; still he&#039;s interested with everything with this bodily relation. There are thousands of girls, women, but a particular woman with whom I have got my bodily relation, that is my wife. That is mine. And combination, the child comes out, &amp;quot;my child.&amp;quot; In this way, &amp;quot;my house,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;my property,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;my body,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;my relative,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;my friend,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;my brother,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;my nation,&amp;quot; my, my, my, my. But the rascal does not understand that the beginning of &amp;quot;my&amp;quot; philosophy has begun from this body, which I am not.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This is knowledge. This is called brahma-jñāna. If anyone understands the simple thing, that &amp;quot;I am not this body...&amp;quot; But education is given, &amp;quot;No, I am this body.&amp;quot; This nationalism, this nationalism also the same mistake, but they are fighting so much. Great, great, big, big men. In this country, Napoleon fought. In Germany, Hitler fought. And so many others, in our country Gandhi fought. But he is in ignorance. All these big big leaders, they are ignorance, andha, blind. Blind. They do not know that he is not this body and neither this land belongs to him. But they fight. The whole history of the world means this mistaken idea. &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;mine.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Therefore Kṛṣṇa says, yat taj jñānam. Kṣetra-kṣetrajñayor yat taj-jñānaṁ mataṁ mama. Kṛṣṇa is giving, that one should know what he is and one should know what is his body, then he is in knowledge. The matter cannot understand this. The dogs, cats, cannot understand this. But a human being can understand this. Bhagavad-gītā is meant for the human being, not for the cats and dogs. Therefore, the human society should take care of this knowledge. Then his life will be successful.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_very_fact_that_one_should_drink_on_the_first_Friday_of_each_month_means&amp;diff=536866</id>
		<title>The very fact that one should drink on the first Friday of each month means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_very_fact_that_one_should_drink_on_the_first_Friday_of_each_month_means&amp;diff=536866"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:21:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The very fact that one should drink on the first Friday of each month means... to The very fact that one should drink on the first Friday of each month means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The very fact that one should drink on the first Friday of each month means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|31Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|31Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Very|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:fact|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:One Should|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Drink|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:First|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Friday|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Each|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Month|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary D-E-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary M-N-O]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary V-W-X-Y-Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Correspondence&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1969_Correspondence&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1969 Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1969 Correspondence&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LettertoGovindaLosAngeles10February1969_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1969_Correspondence&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Let&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;109&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Letter to Govinda -- Los Angeles 10 February, 1969&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Letter to Govinda -- Los Angeles 10 February, 1969&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The very fact that one should drink on the first Friday of each month means it is rigidly restricted.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Letter to Govinda -- Los Angeles 10 February, 1969|Letter to Govinda -- Los Angeles 10 February, 1969]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Regarding Karatieya, I am sorry to inform you that all of a sudden he has been captivated by maya, and since yesterday, he has left my company. The day before yesterday afternoon, he was absent for more than three hours and when he came back, he explained that he was out walking in the street. Later on, it was found that he went to see a Christian priest who had impressed upon his mind that one can drink wine after offering it to Lord Christ on the first Friday of every month. I had been informed by Karatieya that before his coming to our Krishna Consciousness camp he was drinking too much. So now he wanted to give me evidence that drinking was good when it is offered to Lord Christ. I tried to convince him that drinking is not at all good. The very fact that one should drink on the first Friday of each month means it is rigidly restricted; one can drink only once every month, but in the case of bread, it is said that one should pray daily for bread from the Lord. In this way there was some remonstration, but he was silently hearing from me while being not at all satisfied.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_varnasrama_college_means&amp;diff=536862</id>
		<title>The varnasrama college means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_varnasrama_college_means&amp;diff=536862"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:20:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The varnasrama college means... to The varnasrama college means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The varnasrama college means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|08Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|08Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Varnasrama College|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary V-W-X-Y-Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Correspondence&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1975_Correspondence&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1975 Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1975 Correspondence&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LettertoTustaKrsnaBombay9November1975_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1975_Correspondence&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Let&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;655&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Letter to Tusta Krsna -- Bombay 9 November, 1975&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Letter to Tusta Krsna -- Bombay 9 November, 1975&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The varnasrama college means to train people in varnasrama life.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Letter to Tusta Krsna -- Bombay 9 November, 1975|Letter to Tusta Krsna -- Bombay 9 November, 1975]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The varnasrama college means to train people in varnasrama life. In human society a section of people must act as strict brahmanas. Similarly, another section must act as strict ksatriyas, still another as strict vaisyas, and the rest will be considered as sudras and less than sudras or the candalas. This is a materialistic division, but spiritually anyone can be elevated to the transcendental position simply by devotional service. This is the sum and substance of the Vedic education. If you and Siddha Svarupa Maharaja can organize such an institution following yourself the rules and regulations then it will be very glorious thing and I shall be very happy. But in any case both of you do not forget to come to Mayapur during Caitanya Mahaprabhu&#039;s birth ceremony. Let us act co-operatively, maybe sometimes separately, but the central point and aim should be one—Krsna.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_vanaprastha_order_means&amp;diff=536860</id>
		<title>The vanaprastha order means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_vanaprastha_order_means&amp;diff=536860"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:20:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The vanaprastha order means... to The vanaprastha order means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;the vanaprastha order means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|18Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|18Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vanaprastha|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Order|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Retire|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary V-W-X-Y-Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary M-N-O]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_9&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;9&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 9&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 9&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB9626_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_9&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;223&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 9.6.26&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 9.6.26&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;One may enter the vānaprastha order of life with his wife, but the vānaprastha order means complete retirement from household life.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 9.6.26|SB 9.6.26, Translation and Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Although Yuvanāśva went into the forest with his one hundred wives, all of them were very morose. The sages in the forest, however, being very kind to the King, began very carefully and attentively performing an Indra-yajña so that the King might have a son.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;One may enter the vānaprastha order of life with his wife, but the vānaprastha order means complete retirement from household life. Although King Yuvanāśva retired from family life, he and his wives were always morose because he had no son.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_Supreme_everything_means&amp;diff=536854</id>
		<title>The Supreme everything means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_Supreme_everything_means&amp;diff=536854"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:12:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The Supreme everything means... to The Supreme everything means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The Supreme everything means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|05Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|05Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Supreme|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Everything|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary D-E-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Philosophy_Discussions&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;13&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Philosophy Discussions&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Philosophy Discussions&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;PhilosophyDiscussiononJeanPaulSartre_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Philosophy_Discussions&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;19&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Philosophy Discussion on Jean-Paul Sartre&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Philosophy Discussion on Jean-Paul Sartre&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Supreme everything means He is supreme father also. The conception of father is there.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Jean-Paul Sartre|Philosophy Discussion on Jean-Paul Sartre]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: What does he mean, &amp;quot;responsible&amp;quot;? Responsible, if somebody gives you duties, and if you feel responsible to discharge that duty, then you are responsible. But there is no duty, nobody is to see above you, then where is your responsibility?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Hayagrīva: Well, he feels that all values... If there is no God, all values disappear. There are no values, there&#039;s no criteria.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: So his value also disappear.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Hayagrīva: So from this he concludes that without God, everything is possible. He says, &amp;quot;Indeed, everything is permissible if God does not exist. If God did not exist, everything would be possible. That is the very starting point of existentialism.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: But he does not know what, what is the meaning of God. We have several times repeated this. God is the Supreme, Supreme Being. So we have defined in so many ways. Another thing that God is the Supreme, Supreme means He is supreme father. The Supreme everything means He is supreme father also. The conception of father is there. So as we are standing, we are talking with that gentleman priest, that mother nature, nature is giving, producing so many living entities. So she is supposed to be the mother. And as soon as we accept mother, there must be father. Mother cannot, alone cannot give birth to any offspring, so there must be the conception of father. And that is, practically we are seeing that mother nature... We say &amp;quot;mother nature&amp;quot; because she gives birth to so many forms of life, and if we accept mother, then you must to accept father, and that God is supreme father. How he can deny it? Father&#039;s duty is to maintain the children. So all living beings are being maintained, so there must be father. How he can deny that?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Hayagrīva: How, how, well, he does. He says, his very words, he says, &amp;quot;Since we have discarded God the father, there has to be someone to invent values. Before you become alive, life is nothing. It&#039;s up to you to give it a meaning, and value is nothing else but the meaning that you choose.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: I will have to give meaning of my life? So what is that idea?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Hayagrīva: You must give meaning to your own life. Since, since there is no God to give life meaning, man must invent his own meaning.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Everyone will invent his meaning.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Hayagrīva: Yes.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Then where, where there will be symmetry?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Hayagrīva: Si..., similitude.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: No, symmetry.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee: Symmetry.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes. How the people will live peacefully in the society? I will give my own idea, you will give your own idea, he will give his own idea, then where there is collaboration? No, there is no possibility. Then it is chaotic condition. Then why do you want government? You live without government. You don&#039;t require government.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_sun%27s_appearance_means&amp;diff=536852</id>
		<title>The sun&#039;s appearance means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_sun%27s_appearance_means&amp;diff=536852"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:11:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The sun&amp;#039;s appearance means... to The sun&amp;#039;s appearance means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;the sun&#039;s appearance means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|30Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|30Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Sun|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Appearance|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 1&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB11528_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_1&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;597&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 1.15.28&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 1.15.28&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Lord is like the sun; the sun&#039;s appearance means immediate dissipation of darkness, or ignorance, and the Lord&#039;s appearance within the mind of the devotee can at once drive away the miserable material effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 1.15.28|SB 1.15.28, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Since the Lord is absolute, deep meditation upon Him is as good as yogic trance. The Lord is nondifferent from His name, form, quality, pastimes, entourage and specific actions. Arjuna began to think of the Lord&#039;s instructions to him on the Battlefield of Kurukṣetra. Only those instructions began to eliminate the tinges of material contamination in the mind of Arjuna. The Lord is like the sun; the sun&#039;s appearance means immediate dissipation of darkness, or ignorance, and the Lord&#039;s appearance within the mind of the devotee can at once drive away the miserable material effects. Lord Caitanya has therefore recommended constant chanting of the name of the Lord for protection from all contamination of the material world. The feeling of separation from the Lord is undoubtedly painful to the devotee, but because it is in connection with the Lord, it has a specific transcendental effect which pacifies the heart. Feelings of separation are also sources of transcendental bliss, and they are never comparable to contaminated material feelings of separation.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_spoiling_the_life_like_cats_and_dogs_means&amp;diff=536844</id>
		<title>The spoiling the life like cats and dogs means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_spoiling_the_life_like_cats_and_dogs_means&amp;diff=536844"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:11:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The spoiling the life like cats and dogs means... to The spoiling the life like cats and dogs means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The spoiling the life like cats and dogs means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|12Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|12Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Spoil|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Cats and Dogs|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Life|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary D-E-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary J-K-L]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB127HyderabadApril211974_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;48&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.7 -- Hyderabad, April 21, 1974&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.7 -- Hyderabad, April 21, 1974&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The spoiling the life like cats and dogs means āhāra-nidrā-bhaya-maithuna... eating, sleeping, defending and sexual intercourse. These are the bodily demands. Sāmānyam etat paśubhir narāṇām. These are common formulas for the cats and dogs and the human being.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.7 -- Hyderabad, April 21, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.2.7 -- Hyderabad, April 21, 1974]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So the mission of human life is to acquire knowledge, jñānam, and vairāgyam, detachment. Jñānam means real identification, &amp;quot;What I am.&amp;quot; In the conditioned stage of life we are passing on our days not in jñānam but ignorance, just like the animals. The animals, they have no jñānam. They are pulling on their life with the bodily concept of life. The dog is thinking, &amp;quot;I am dog. I am this body.&amp;quot; He does not know whether he is &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;cat&amp;quot;. These names we have given him. But he knows it well that &amp;quot;I am this body.&amp;quot; So this is not jñānam. This chance is available when we are no longer cats and dogs but human being. Then we can understand that &amp;quot;I am not this body.&amp;quot; This is the difference between cats and dogs and human beings. The cats and dogs, they do not know that they are not the body. They are spirit soul. That they do not know. They know simply that &amp;quot;I am this body, and the necessities of body must be fulfilled somehow or other.&amp;quot; That is their business. Whole day and night, they are working just to fulfill the necessities of his body, because there is no jñānam.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;But in the human form of life, that is not the business. Therefore the Vedānta-sūtra says, athāto brahma jijñāsā: &amp;quot;This life, human form of life, which is achieved after evolution of 8,400,000&#039;s of forms of life...&amp;quot; It is called labdhvā sudurlabham idaṁ bahu-sambhavānte ([[Vanisource:SB 11.9.29|SB 11.9.29]]). Idaṁ śarīram. This human form of body is achieved, bahu-sambhavānte, after achieving many, many other lower forms of life. Jalajā nava-lakṣāṇi sthāvarā lakṣa-viṁśati. So many different forms of life we had to pass through to come to the standard of human life. Therefore this life is not meant for spoiling like cats and dogs. This is jñānam. The spoiling the life like cats and dogs means āhāra-nidrā-bhaya-maithuna... eating, sleeping, defending and sexual intercourse. These are the bodily demands. Sāmānyam etat paśubhir narāṇām. These are common formulas for the cats and dogs and the human being. But what is the meaning of human being? The human being is eligible to understand what is the value of life, what is the problem of life, how to make the solution. That is human life. Not that simply passing our days like cats and dogs working very hard.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_soul_enters_another_body_means&amp;diff=536840</id>
		<title>The soul enters another body means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_soul_enters_another_body_means&amp;diff=536840"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:11:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The soul enters another body means... to The soul enters another body means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The soul enters another body&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Jahnu}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|14Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|14Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Souls|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Enter|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Another Body|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary D-E-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1974_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1974 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1974 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;MorningWalkJune201974Germany_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1974_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;124&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- June 20, 1974, Germany&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- June 20, 1974, Germany&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;The soul enters another body&amp;quot; means enters the womb of another mother. And there the suitable body is created and again mother delivers the child. Again new chapter of life begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- June 20, 1974, Germany|Morning Walk -- June 20, 1974, Germany]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: That&#039;s all right. But how you transmigrate?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Haṁsadūta: According to the mental condition at the time of leaving this body.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: But what is the process?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Satsvarūpa: The subtle body carries the soul.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes. That is the main point. The subtle body carries the soul. Just like in dream, we are carried by the subtle body and placed in different condition. But so long this body is capable of working, I come to this body. My dream is over, and I come back to this body. And death means that this body, being useless, instead of coming to this body, I go to another body. This is transmigration. Just like when you vacate an apartment, then you do not come back in that apartment, but you enter another apartment. Is it clear?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Haṁsadūta: Yes.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Anybody can understand. I am coming, going, but when it is a question of vacating, I go out of the apartment, but I never come back again. I will enter another apartment. &amp;quot;The soul enters another body&amp;quot; means enters the womb of another mother. And there the suitable body is created and again mother delivers the child. Again new chapter of life begins. Where is the difficulty to understand? But they are so rascal and dull-headed, the simple thing they cannot understand. And still, they are big, big scientists, philosophers, and cheating others. They are unable to understand, themselves, and the same rascal knowledge they are distributing to others and taking Nobel Prize. This is the mūḍhas, the society of the cheaters and the cheated. Where is the difficulty to understand the simple thing, how the soul is transmigrating? They sometimes say that &amp;quot;We do not see how it is going.&amp;quot; No, how...? Can you see the mind? But can you deny, &amp;quot;There is no mind?&amp;quot; Mind is there. Everyone knows I have got mind, you have got mind, but do I see your mind? Therefore I shall deny the existence of mind? Mind, intelligence and ego—these three things are there, but we cannot see. How my mind is working, can you see? Or how your mind is working, can I see? And because I cannot see, therefore shall I conclude that you have no mind, I have no mind? How foolish they are. Just see.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_sleeping_condition_means&amp;diff=536834</id>
		<title>The sleeping condition means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_sleeping_condition_means&amp;diff=536834"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:10:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The sleeping condition means... to The sleeping condition means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The sleeping condition means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|14Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|14Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Sleep|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Condition|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_5&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 5&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB5139_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_5&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;292&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 5.13.9&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 5.13.9&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The sleeping condition means loss of all knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 5.13.9|SB 5.13.9, Translation and Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The conditioned soul in the material forest is sometimes swallowed by a python or crushed. At such a time he is left lying in the forest like a dead person, devoid of consciousness and knowledge. Sometimes other poisonous snakes bite him. Being blind to his consciousness, he falls down into a dark well of hellish life with no hope of being rescued.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;When one becomes unconscious due to being bitten by a snake, one cannot understand what is taking place outside the body. This unconscious condition is the condition of deep sleep. Similarly, the conditioned soul is actually sleeping on the lap of the illusory energy. Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura has sung, kota nidrā yāo māyā-piśācīra kole: &amp;quot;O living entity, how long will you sleep in this condition on the lap of the illusory energy?&amp;quot; People do not understand that they are actually sleeping in this material world, being devoid of knowledge of spiritual life. Caitanya Mahāprabhu therefore says:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:enechi auṣadhi māyā nāśibāra lāgi&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:hari-nāma-mahā-mantra lao tumi māgi&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&amp;quot;I have brought medicine to awaken every living being from perpetual sleep. Please receive the holy name of the Lord, the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, and awaken.&amp;quot; The Kaṭha Upaniṣad (1.3.14) also says, uttiṣṭhata jāgrata prāpya varān nibodhata: &amp;quot;O living entity, you are sleeping in this material world. Please get up and take advantage of your human form of life.&amp;quot; The sleeping condition means loss of all knowledge. In Bhagavad-gītā (2.69) it is also said, yā niśā sarva-bhūtānāṁ tasyāṁ jāgarti saṁyamī: &amp;quot;What is night for all beings is the time of awakening for the self-controlled.&amp;quot; Even in the higher planets, everyone is under the spell of the illusory energy. No one is really interested in the real values of life. The sleeping condition, called kāla-sarpa (the time factor), keeps the conditioned soul in a state of ignorance, and therefore pure consciousness is lost. In the forest there are many blind wells, and if one falls down in one there is no chance of being rescued. In a state of sleep, one remains perpetually bitten by some animals, especially snakes.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_sky_creation_means&amp;diff=536832</id>
		<title>The sky creation means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_sky_creation_means&amp;diff=536832"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:10:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The sky creation means... to The sky creation means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;the sky creation means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|27Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Sky|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Creation|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1974_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1974 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1974 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;MorningWalkMarch311974Bombay_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1974_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;50&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- March 31, 1974, Bombay&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- March 31, 1974, Bombay&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The sky creation means the air creation also, the reception of the sound. So in this way it is all described in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam very nicely, how creation took place.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- March 31, 1974, Bombay|Morning Walk -- March 31, 1974, Bombay]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Dr. Patel: Astadhā, that&#039;s the lower prakṛti of God.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes, so now the study, first study, begins from material point of view: Wherefrom the sky came? How the sky came into existence? First of all sky. Then, from sky, there is sound. Then, from sound there is air. From air, there is... Along with these creations... the sky creation means the air creation also, the reception of the sound. So in this way it is all described in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam very nicely, how creation took place. Then, ultimately, we come to the land, where all the qualities of other elements are there. There is sound. There is touch. There is vision. There is smell. Everything is there. So... And the subtle matters. Mind, citta, intelligence, then buddh... intelligence. Then false ego. This is... At the present moment, everyone is thinking in the bodily concept of life: &amp;quot;I am American.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am Indian.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am brāhmaṇa.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am kṣatriya.&amp;quot; This is false ego. He&#039;s not, neither of them. Because he&#039;s spirit soul, a different identity. So these, how the subtle mind, intelligence, are working, one should know. How transmigration of the soul takes place? By the action of mind, intelligence and ego. They do not know. There is no such science. There are so many universities all over the world. But who is studying all these things? The psychologists, they have studied a little more about thinking, feeling and willing. That&#039;s all. But they do not know how he is working, how he is carrying the subtle soul to other body. That they do not know.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_perfection_of_yoga_system_means&amp;diff=536822</id>
		<title>The perfection of yoga system means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_perfection_of_yoga_system_means&amp;diff=536822"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:01:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The perfection of yoga system means... to The perfection of yoga system means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The perfection of yoga system means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|28Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|28Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Perfection of Yoga|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Yoga System|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary P-Q-R]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary V-W-X-Y-Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG63545LosAngelesFebruary201969_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;220&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 6.35-45 -- Los Angeles, February 20, 1969&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 6.35-45 -- Los Angeles, February 20, 1969&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The perfection of yoga system means to get eternal life, blissful life and full of knowledge. That is perfection.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 6.35-45 -- Los Angeles, February 20, 1969|Lecture on BG 6.35-45 -- Los Angeles, February 20, 1969]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Now, before coming to the point of self-realization, one must take it granted—that is the beginning of Bhagavad-gītā,  that he is not this body. That the living entity is not this material body but that he is different from it and his happiness is in eternal life. This life is not eternal. The perfection of yoga system means to get eternal life, blissful life and full of knowledge. That is perfection. So we have to execute any yoga system with that aim. Not that I attend some yoga class to reduce fat or to keep my body very fit for sense gratification. This is not the end of yoga system. But people are taught like that. &amp;quot;Oh, if you practice this yoga system.&amp;quot; That you can do if you undergo any exercise process your body will be kept fit. There are so many system of bodily exercise, the system, this weight-lifting system, there are many sporting system, they also keep body very fit. They can digest foodstuff very nicely, they reduce fat. For this purpose there is no need of practicing yoga. The real purpose is here; that to realize that I am not this body. I want eternal happiness, I want complete knowledge, I want eternal life also. That is the ultimate end of yoga system.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG71GainesvilleJuly291971UniversityofFlorida_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;231&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 7.1 -- Gainesville, July 29, 1971 University of Florida&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 7.1 -- Gainesville, July 29, 1971 University of Florida&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Actually, the perfection of yoga system means when you are in samādhi, always thinking of the Viṣṇu form of the Lord within your heart, without being disturbed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.1 -- Gainesville, July 29, 1971 University of Florida|Lecture on BG 7.1 -- Gainesville, July 29, 1971 University of Florida]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So this is the perfect system. Mad-gatenāntar-ātmanā. &amp;quot;Anyone who is thinking of Kṛṣṇa always within himself, he is first-class yogi.&amp;quot; If you want perfection in yoga system, don&#039;t be satisfied only by practicing a course of āsana. You have to go further. Actually, the perfection of yoga system means when you are in samādhi, always thinking of the Viṣṇu form of the Lord within your heart, without being disturbed. Therefore the yogis go in a secluded place, and in samādhi they... Controlling all the senses and the mind. You have to control the mind, control the senses, and concentrate everything on the form of Viṣṇu. That is called perfection of yoga. And after that, there are other siddhis, aṣṭa-siddhi-aṇimā, laghimā, prāpti.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;So actually this yoga system is very, very difficult. It may be possible by some solitary man, but for the general mass of people it is not possible. The general mass of people, that is recommended in the śāstra that&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāma harer nāma harer nāmaiva kevalam&lt;br /&gt;
:kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva nāsty eva gatir anyathā&lt;br /&gt;
:([[Vanisource:CC Adi 17.21|CC Adi 17.21]])&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;There is no other alternative. Nāsty eva, nāsty eva. There is no other alternative, no other alternative, no other alternative. Three times. Three times means yoga, jñāna, and arcana. Yoga system as it was recommended in the Satya-yuga, kṛte yad dhyāyato viṣṇum, that is yoga—always in meditation of Viṣṇu. That is called yoga. Kṛte yad dhyāyato viṣṇuṁ tretāyāṁ yajato makhaiḥ ([[Vanisource:SB 12.3.52|SB 12.3.52]]). And in the Tretā-yuga, by performing great sacrifices, yajñas. And in the Dvāpara-yuga, by temple worship. Kalau tad dhari-kīrtanāt: in the Kali-yuga, this age...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The present age is called Kali-yuga. Kali-yuga means the age of quarrel and disagreement. Nobody agrees with any other man. Everyone has got his own theory; everyone has got his own philosophy. So therefore it is called Kali-yuga. And if I don&#039;t agree with you, you fight with me. Therefore it is called Kali-yuga. So this is the only method recommended in this age: kalau tad dhari-kīrtanāt. Simply by chanting the holy name of God, one can attain perfect self-realization, which was attained by the yoga system in the Satya-yuga, which was attained in the Tretā-yuga by performing great sacrifices, and which was performed in the Dvāpara-yuga by large-scale temple worship.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_other_side_of_the_picture_means&amp;diff=536820</id>
		<title>The other side of the picture means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_other_side_of_the_picture_means&amp;diff=536820"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:01:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The other side of the picture means... to The other side of the picture means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The other side of the picture means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|31Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|31Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Other Side|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Picture|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary M-N-O]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary P-Q-R]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Correspondence&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1969_Correspondence&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1969 Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1969 Correspondence&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LettertoBrahmanandaHamburg9September1969_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1969_Correspondence&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Let&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;558&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Letter to Brahmananda -- Hamburg 9 September, 1969&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Letter to Brahmananda -- Hamburg 9 September, 1969&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The other side of the picture means the solution of the eternal problem. Even though people in general may not be able to understand it, the fact is there.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Letter to Brahmananda -- Hamburg 9 September, 1969|Letter to Brahmananda -- Hamburg 9 September, 1969]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Please accept my blessings. I beg to acknowledge receipt of your letter dated September 6, 1969 and the new issue of BTG. I am pleased to learn that the house transaction is finished, and I shall be glad if you send a copy of the conveyance deed to the London address, where I am going the day after tomorrow. The purchasing transaction has been done on Janmastami Day, and this is also a great occasion. Regarding your anxieties how to pay the rent, etc., in the winter season, I think Krishna will provide with sufficient press work and some of the boys may work also. In this way we have to manage. Your remark that Advaita may have to do a lot of commercial work to help the temple during the winter is right. Whenever there is spare time we can earn money by outside work. We shall fully utilize the press facilities in various ways. My suggestion to meet the business men is to convince responsible men of your country to understand the importance of this Krishna Consciousness Movement and how we are molding the character of younger generation by giving them peaceful home, philosophy of life, artistic sense, musical entertainment, nutritious foods: and above all these, we are giving them spiritual enlightenment, which is never to be found elsewhere throughout the whole world. Every gentleman in your country is anxious about their children, and gradually if the richer section of the people or the government cooperates with us, we can expand this movement for total welfare of the younger generation. This calculation is only one side of the picture: The other side of the picture means the solution of the eternal problem. Even though people in general may not be able to understand it, the fact is there. So in winter season this propaganda may be done. Some very responsible man may be selected to preside over a meeting, either in the temple or in some rented private hall, if the meeting is to be very big. In this way we can try to invite the so-called important people of the society and try to convince them about the importance of this movement.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_original_Bharata_means&amp;diff=536818</id>
		<title>The original Bharata means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_original_Bharata_means&amp;diff=536818"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:01:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The original Bharata means... to The original Bharata means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The original Bharata means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|01Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|01Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Original|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Bharata-varsa|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary M-N-O]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Correspondence&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1970_Correspondence&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1970 Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1970 Correspondence&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LettertoUnknownLosAngeles12April1970_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1970_Correspondence&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Let&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;232&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Letter to Unknown -- Los Angeles 12 April, 1970&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Letter to Unknown -- Los Angeles 12 April, 1970&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The original Bharata means the whole earthly planet. Gradually being sectioned, the modern India is only a fractional part of the original Bharata.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Letter to Unknown -- Los Angeles 12 April, 1970|Letter to Unknown -- Los Angeles 12 April, 1970]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The original Bharata and modern India are not the same. The original Bharata means the whole earthly planet. Gradually being sectioned, the modern India is only a fractional part of the original Bharata. So the knowledge is distributed in so many departmental Vedic knowledge, but the whole process is aiming at God-realization.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The living entities within this material world are supposed to be rebellious conditioned souls who disregarded the order of the Supreme Lord, and they lost their spiritual kingdom. It is something like Milton&#039;s idea of &amp;quot;Paradise Lost.&amp;quot; This material world is created, developed, maintained, produces many by-products, then gradually dwindles, and at last it is dissolved or annihilated. The spirit souls or living beings, are by nature eternal. This condition of life for the living beings are by nature eternal. This condition of life for the living beings, namely to go through repeated births and deaths, is unnatural for him. Therefore the whole Vedic knowledge is devised to regulate the life of the living entities not in the animal form of life, but in the human form of life, so that he can fulfill his material desires, but at the same time he becomes elevated to his original spiritual position. This process of evolution from the lowest aquatic life up to the stage of brahminical culture is delineated in the whole Vedas. This is called knowledge, and when one is liberated from the material contamination, the same knowledge further advanced becomes transcendental knowledge.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_living_entity%27s_declaring_independence_means&amp;diff=536808</id>
		<title>The living entity&#039;s declaring independence means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_living_entity%27s_declaring_independence_means&amp;diff=536808"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:00:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The living entity&amp;#039;s declaring independence means... to The living entity&amp;#039;s declaring independence means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;this living entity&#039;s declaring independence means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|22Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|22Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Living Entities|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Declare|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Independence|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary D-E-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary G-H-I]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary J-K-L]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1969_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1969 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1969 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationMay101969ColumbusOhio_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1969_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;12&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- May 10, 1969, Columbus, Ohio&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- May 10, 1969, Columbus, Ohio&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So this living entity&#039;s declaring independence means he is insane, different kinds of insanity. He cannot be independent.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- May 10, 1969, Columbus, Ohio|Room Conversation -- May 10, 1969, Columbus, Ohio]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Kīrtanānanda: In Kṛṣṇa consciousness, are the actions of the jīva similarly controlled by Kṛṣṇa&#039;s superior energy?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes, certainly.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Kīrtanānanda: But everything is being controlled ultimately by Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Kīrtanānanda: Either by inferior energy or superior energy.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes. Yes.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Kīrtanānanda: So his activities are never independent, either in Kṛṣṇa or...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Never, never, never. That is his insanity, another. As soon as he thinks that &amp;quot;I am independent,&amp;quot; that is another insanity. He is under control. Just like the same man. He is thinking, &amp;quot;I don&#039;t care for state laws.&amp;quot; He is insane. He will be forced to accept state laws in the prison house by the police. But he thinks, &amp;quot;Oh, I am free man.&amp;quot; Still... He is slapped by the police. He says, &amp;quot;Oh, I am independent. Go on slapping.&amp;quot; This is insanity. Is it not insanity? The police slaps him, and he says, &amp;quot;I am independent.&amp;quot; Do you think independence? So that sort of independence we are having. We are kicked by māyā always, and we are thinking, &amp;quot;independent.&amp;quot; This is insanity. He does not think, &amp;quot;Why I am independent? I am servant of my senses. I cannot remain, enjoying senses, for an hour, and I am thinking I am independent.&amp;quot; That means insane. He cannot think properly. Where is his independence? Cannot be independent. He is born dependent because part and parcel of God. His constitutional position is dependent. Just like child. A child declares independence. What is the meaning of that independence? Danger. That&#039;s all. Simply inviting dangers. A child wants: &amp;quot;Oh, I don&#039;t care for my parents. I shall cross the road. I shall go everywhere.&amp;quot; So if he is allowed to do that, that means he is simply inviting dangers. And if he remains under the protection of the parents, he is always safe. So this living entity&#039;s declaring independence means he is insane, different kinds of insanity. He cannot be independent. Let him think very deeply that it cannot be independent. He is thinking independent of God, but he is dependent on his sense pleasure. That&#039;s all. And some intoxication, a voluntarily accept dependence of something māyā. That&#039;s all. Who is independent. Is there anyone independent? Nobody is independent. To think of independence is māyā. Best thing is that &amp;quot;I am dependent, and let me remain dependent in properly. Then I am protected.&amp;quot; That is Kṛṣṇa consciousness. So your question is answered? Material consciousness means thinking falsely independent. That is material consciousness. Falsely. He is not independent, but he is thinking falsely, &amp;quot;I am independent.&amp;quot; This is māyā.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_last_snare_of_enjoyer_means&amp;diff=536806</id>
		<title>The last snare of enjoyer means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_last_snare_of_enjoyer_means&amp;diff=536806"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:00:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The last snare of enjoyer means... to The last snare of enjoyer means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;the last snare of enjoyer means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|08Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|08Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Last Snare of Maya the Illusory Energy|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Enjoyer|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary D-E-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary J-K-L]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG220HyderabadNovember251972_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;82&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 2.20 -- Hyderabad, November 25, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 2.20 -- Hyderabad, November 25, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;They&#039;re, everyone is trying to become enjoyer. And the last snare of enjoyer means that one thinks that &amp;quot;Now I shall become God.&amp;quot; This is a last snare.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.20 -- Hyderabad, November 25, 1972|Lecture on BG 2.20 -- Hyderabad, November 25, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So so long we&#039;ll have a pinch of material desire to execute our plan, then we have to accept a material body, and that is called janma. Otherwise, the living entity has no birth and death. Now, this janma, and mṛtyu... The living entities, they are compared with the sparks, and the Supreme Lord as the big fire. So the big fire, that is the comparison. And the small sparks, both of them are fire. But sometimes the sparks fall down from the big fire. That is our falldown. Falldown means we come into the material world. Why? Just to enjoy, to imitate Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa is the supreme enjoyer. So we are servants. Sometimes... It is natural. The servant desires that &amp;quot;If I could enjoy like the master...&amp;quot; So when this sentiment or proposition comes, that is called māyā. Because we cannot be enjoyer. This is false. If I think that I can become enjoyer, even in this material world, so-called... They&#039;re, everyone is trying to become enjoyer. And the last snare of enjoyer means that one thinks that &amp;quot;Now I shall become God.&amp;quot; This is a last snare. First of all, I want to become manager, or proprietor. Then prime minister. Then this and that. And when everything is baffled, then one thinks that &amp;quot;Now I shall become God.&amp;quot; That means the same propensity, to become master, to imitate Kṛṣṇa, is going on.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_instruction_means&amp;diff=536804</id>
		<title>The instruction means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_instruction_means&amp;diff=536804"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T11:00:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The instruction means... to The instruction means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;instruction means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Laksmipriya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|04Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|04Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Instruction|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary G-H-I]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;CC_Adi-lila&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;CC Adi-lila&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;CC Adi-lila&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on CC Adi-lila 1.10 -- Mayapur, April 3, 1975&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on CC Adi-lila 1.10 -- Mayapur, April 3, 1975&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The instruction means how you can go back to home, back to Godhead, that instruction.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Adi-lila 1.10 -- Mayapur, April 3, 1975|Lecture on CC Adi-lila 1.10 -- Mayapur, April 3, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Unless you develop love for Kṛṣṇa, you cannot be engaged twenty-four hours. That is not possible. Therefore it is said, prīti-pūrvakam: not officially, but with love. If you acquire this qualification, then you will talk with Kṛṣṇa who is within your heart. Then you&#039;ll talk. He is ready to talk, but He does not talk with rascals and fools. One must acquire the qualification to talk with Kṛṣṇa. Then you&#039;ll be able to talk with Deity. Within your heart Kṛṣṇa is situated there. Anywhere you go, Kṛṣṇa is within you, and He&#039;ll give you intelligence. Talking with Kṛṣṇa means buddhi-yogaṁ dadāmi tam. Teṣāṁ satata-yuktānāṁ bhajatāṁ prīti-pūrvakam: [Bg. 10.10] &amp;quot;Those who are engaged, those who are qualified like this, then I give him intelligence.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
The same thing happened to Brahmā. Because he had to create this whole universe—so many planets, so many demigods, so many human societies, so many, so many... There is no limit. He is the creator of everything. He&#039;s called, therefore, &amp;quot;great-grandfather,&amp;quot; prapitāmaha [Bg. 11.39]. No, pitāmaha. Prapitāmaha is Kṛṣṇa, great-grandfather, because He instructed Brahmā. So the same thing: He can instruct you also. What is that instruction? Yena mām upayānti te. The instruction means how you can go back to home, back to Godhead, that instruction, not this instruction, that &amp;quot;You rot in this material world in this hellish condition of life.&amp;quot; That, no. That instruction you&#039;ll get in the colleges and universities. But Kṛṣṇa&#039;s instruction is different. He&#039;ll give you instruction so that you can get rid of this hellish condition of life and go back to home and back to Godhead.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;1976_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1976 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1976 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- April 23, 1976, Melbourne&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- April 23, 1976, Melbourne&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So our movement is creating first-class brāhmaṇa, and the kṣatriyas, if they abide by our instruction-our instruction means Kṛṣṇa&#039;s instruction—then everything will be nicely done.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- April 23, 1976, Melbourne|Room Conversation -- April 23, 1976, Melbourne]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puṣṭa Kṛṣṇa: In the case of Mahārāja Veṇa there was some recourse for the brāhmaṇas. What can we do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes, brāhmaṇas were controlling the kṣatriyas. They were obeying the instruction of brāhmaṇas. That is social function. The first-class man will give instruction to the government, and the government will carry the order, &amp;quot;Whether people are actually doing this?&amp;quot; Brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya. And vaiśya will produce food grain and milk sufficiently. And the śūdras, they will help these three higher classes. That&#039;s all. This is social system. [break] The brāhmaṇas, they will be always engaged to make plan how people will be successful in the aim of life. And that will be executed through the kṣatriyas. And the vaiśyas will supply foodstuff. Food is also required. And good government is required, and nice direction is required. This is brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya. And śūdra, they have no brain; they will abide by the orders of these higher sections, that&#039;s all. So our movement is creating first-class brāhmaṇa, and the kṣatriyas, if they abide by our instruction-our instruction means Kṛṣṇa&#039;s instruction—then everything will be nicely done. Sannyāsīs, they have begun to keep secretaries.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_satisfaction_of_one%27s_senses_and_desires_means&amp;diff=536802</id>
		<title>The satisfaction of one&#039;s senses and desires means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_satisfaction_of_one%27s_senses_and_desires_means&amp;diff=536802"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T10:59:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The satisfaction of one&amp;#039;s senses and desires means... to The satisfaction of one&amp;#039;s senses and desires means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The satisfaction of one&#039;s senses and desires means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|11Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|11Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Satisfy Our Senses|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:desire|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary D-E-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary M-N-O]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_4&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 4&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB42528_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_4&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;1085&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 4.25.28&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 4.25.28&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The satisfaction of one&#039;s senses and desires means enjoying māyā, not the goddess of fortune.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 4.25.28|SB 4.25.28, Translation and Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;My dear beautiful girl, you are exactly like the goddess of fortune or the wife of Lord Śiva or the goddess of learning, the wife of Lord Brahmā. Although you must be one of them, I see that you are loitering in this forest. Indeed, you are as silent as the great sages. Is it that you are searching after your own husband? Whoever your husband may be, simply by understanding that you are so faithful to him, he will come to possess all opulences. I think you must be the goddess of fortune, but I do not see the lotus flower in your hand. Therefore I am asking you where you have thrown that lotus.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Everyone thinks that his intelligence is perfect. Sometimes one employs his intelligence in the worship of Umā, the wife of Lord Śiva, in order to obtain a beautiful wife. Sometimes, when one wants to become as learned as Lord Brahmā, he employs his intelligence in the worship of the goddess of learning, Sarasvatī. Sometimes, when one wishes to become as opulent as Lord Viṣṇu, he worships the goddess of fortune, Lakṣmī. In this verse all these inquiries are made by King Purañjana, the living entity who is bewildered and does not know how to employ his intelligence. Intelligence should be employed in the service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As soon as one uses his intelligence in this way, the goddess of fortune automatically becomes favorable to him. The goddess of fortune, Lakṣmī, never remains without her husband, Lord Viṣṇu. Consequently, when one worships Lord Viṣṇu he automatically obtains the favor of the goddess of fortune. One should not, like Rāvaṇa, worship the goddess of fortune alone, for she cannot remain long without her husband. Thus her other name is Cañcalā, or restless. In this verse it is clear that Purañjana is representing our intelligence while he is talking with the girl. He not only appreciated the shyness of the girl but actually became more and more attracted by that shyness. He was actually thinking of becoming her husband and consequently was asking her whether she was thinking of her prospective husband or whether she was married. This is an example of bhoga-icchā—the desire for enjoyment. One who is attracted by such desires becomes conditioned in this material world, and one who is not so attracted attains liberation. King Purañjana was appreciating the beauty of the girl as if she were the goddess of fortune, but at the same time he was careful to understand that the goddess of fortune cannot be enjoyed by anyone except Lord Viṣṇu. Since he doubted whether the girl was the goddess of fortune, he inquired about the lotus flower she was not holding. The material world is also the goddess of fortune because the material energy works under the direction of Lord Viṣṇu, as stated in Bhagavad-gītā (mayādhyakṣeṇa prakṛtiḥ sūyate sa-carācaram).&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The material world cannot be enjoyed by any living entity. If one so desires to enjoy it, he immediately becomes a demon like Rāvaṇa, Hiraṇyakaśipu or Kaṁsa. Because Rāvaṇa wanted to enjoy the goddess of fortune, Sītādevī, he was vanquished with all his family, wealth and opulence. One can, however, enjoy that māyā bestowed upon the living entity by Lord Viṣṇu. The satisfaction of one&#039;s senses and desires means enjoying māyā, not the goddess of fortune.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_hippies_are_nothing_but_a_group_of_madmen,_that%27s_all._Means&amp;diff=536794</id>
		<title>The hippies are nothing but a group of madmen, that&#039;s all. Means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_hippies_are_nothing_but_a_group_of_madmen,_that%27s_all._Means&amp;diff=536794"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T10:51:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The hippies are nothing but a group of madmen, that&amp;#039;s all. Means... to The hippies are nothing but a group of madmen, that&amp;#039;s all. Means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The hippies are nothing but a group of madmen, that&#039;s all. A madman, they..., means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|02Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|02Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hippies|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:group|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Madman|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:That&#039;s All|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary G-H-I]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary M-N-O]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1977 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1977 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationVarnasramaJuly141977Vrndavana_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;224&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation Varnasrama -- July 14, 1977, Vrndavana&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation Varnasrama -- July 14, 1977, Vrndavana&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The hippies are nothing but a group of madmen, that&#039;s all. A madman, they..., means publicly sex, that&#039;s all. This Allen Ginsberg&#039;s movement is that, homosex, public sex. Ginsberg was very proud that he had introduced homosex. He was telling me.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation Varnasrama -- July 14, 1977, Vrndavana|Room Conversation Varnasrama -- July 14, 1977, Vrndavana]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Some sort of worship is there and instruction, many narratives. Women were advised to worship the Yamarāja, Sāvitrī, Satyavān. Then there was saṁskāras, purificatory method, out of which the higher class will be sacred thread ceremony. Always something spiritual, according to the... And actually learning Vedic knowledge, that was by the brāhmaṇas. They would give advice; people will follow. Brāhmaṇo jagato guruḥ. Just like Gargamuni came to Nanda Mahārāja. He took advantage of Gargamuni and performed some purificatory ceremony of Kṛṣṇa-Balarāma. Why these big, big institutions for wasting time and dating between girls and boys, and then they learn expert how to kill child, how to make abortion? Expert. Simply concentration on sex. Then become hippie. Frustration. Worship hog. Do they not?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: Yeah, actually there&#039;s a group, a musical group. And as part of their performance... They keep a pen of hogs in front of them. And as part of the performance they all take off their clothes and jump in and play with the hogs. And all the people applaud, and some of them jump in also. Very popular group.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: The hippies are nothing but a group of madmen, that&#039;s all. A madman, they..., means publicly sex, that&#039;s all. This Allen Ginsberg&#039;s movement is that, homosex, public sex. Ginsberg was very proud that he had introduced homosex. He was telling me.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: He was telling you?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: When he first came to me he was very proud: &amp;quot;I have introduced homosex.&amp;quot; He thought very brilliant work it was. And another man, what is that? He&#039;s put into jail.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: Timothy Leary.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Ha, ha. What is his position now?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: I haven&#039;t heard about him in the last few years. He&#039;s in and out of jail, I think. I saw one time he was just getting out of jail. It just shows... I think he was a big professor at Harvard. So the idle mind, devil&#039;s workshop. So he used his big brain for making this LSD. That&#039;s the value of this Ph.D. degree.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: He was Ph.D.?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: Oh, yeah. Big personality. And because of the fact that he was an important member of the faculty at Harvard, so even though all he produced was an intoxicant, he gave it so much explanation, that &amp;quot;This is...&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Transcendental meditation.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: Yeah, this is transcendental. &amp;quot;This is real psychotherapy,&amp;quot; he called it. He made it seem like this is legitimate, this is a bona fide experiment, just like you go to a psychologist or psychiatrist. He tried to explain it as a medical drug for helping the mind. But as a result of it so many people became crazy by using it.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Howling.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_heart_of_Devaki_means&amp;diff=536790</id>
		<title>The heart of Devaki means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_heart_of_Devaki_means&amp;diff=536790"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T10:50:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The heart of Devaki means... to The heart of Devaki means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;the heart of Devaki means&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;the heart of devaki&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|25Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|25Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=1|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Heart|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Devaki|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary D-E-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary G-H-I]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;CC_Adi-lila&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;CC Adi-lila&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;CC Adi-lila&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;CCAdi1386_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;CC_Adi-lila&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;CC&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;1656&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;CC Adi 13.86&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;CC Adi 13.86&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That the Lord was transferred from the heart of Vasudeva to the heart of Devakī means that He was transferred to the womb of Devakī.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 13.86|CC Adi 13.86, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura next quotes Śrīpāda Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa, who refers to the prayers offered by the demigods to Lord Kṛṣṇa in the womb of Devakī and summarizes the birth of Kṛṣṇa as follows: &amp;quot;As the rising moon manifests light in the east, so Devakī, who was always situated on the transcendental platform, having been initiated in the Kṛṣṇa mantra by Vasudeva, the son of Śūrasena, kept Kṛṣṇa within her heart.&amp;quot; From this statement of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.2.18) it is understood that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, having been transferred from the heart of Ānakadundubhi, or Vasudeva, manifested Himself in the heart of Devakī. According to Śrīla Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa, &amp;quot;the heart of Devakī&amp;quot; means the womb of Devakī because in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 10.2.41 the demigods say, diṣṭyāmba te kukṣi-gataḥ paraḥ pumān: &amp;quot;Mother Devakī, the Lord is already within your womb.&amp;quot; Therefore, that the Lord was transferred from the heart of Vasudeva to the heart of Devakī means that He was transferred to the womb of Devakī.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Similarly, in regard to the appearance of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu as described in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta, the words viśeṣe sevana kare govinda-caraṇa, &amp;quot;they specifically began to worship the lotus feet of Govinda,&amp;quot; indicate that exactly as Kṛṣṇa appeared in the heart of Devakī through the heart of Vasudeva, so Lord Caitanya appeared in the heart of Śacīdevī through the heart of Jagannātha Miśra. This is the mystery of the appearance of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Consequently, one should not think of Lord Caitanya&#039;s appearance as that of a common man or living entity. This subject matter is a little difficult to understand, but for devotees of the Lord it will not at all be difficult to realize the statements given by Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_Hare_Krsna_mantra_means&amp;diff=536784</id>
		<title>The Hare Krsna mantra means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_Hare_Krsna_mantra_means&amp;diff=536784"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T10:50:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The Hare Krsna mantra means... to The Hare Krsna mantra means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The Hare Krsna mantra means&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;the Hare Krishna Mantra means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|31Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|14Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=1|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|3}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hare Krsna Mantra|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary G-H-I]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary J-K-L]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary M-N-O]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Initiation_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Initiation Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Initiation Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;InitiationLectureExcerptLosAngelesJuly21971_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Initiation_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;26&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Initiation Lecture Excerpt -- Los Angeles, July 2, 1971&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Initiation Lecture Excerpt -- Los Angeles, July 2, 1971&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra means, &amp;quot;He Kṛṣṇa, my Lord Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; He, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare, &amp;quot;O the energy of Kṛṣṇa, O Kṛṣṇa, please engage me in Your service.&amp;quot; This is the sum total meaning of this Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Initiation Lecture Excerpt -- Los Angeles, July 2, 1971|Initiation Lecture Excerpt -- Los Angeles, July 2, 1971]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So similarly, Kṛṣṇa&#039;s name, we should not try to exact some material profit by chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra. That is not pure devotion. Sarva... What is called? Sarvopādhi-vinirmuktam ([[Vanisource:CC Madhya 19.170|CC Madhya 19.170]]). Anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyam (Brs. 1.1.11). We shall simply aspire to serve Kṛṣṇa. The Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra means, &amp;quot;He Kṛṣṇa, my Lord Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; He, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare, &amp;quot;O the energy of Kṛṣṇa, O Kṛṣṇa, please engage me in Your service.&amp;quot; This is the sum total meaning of this Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra. Simply praying, &amp;quot;Please engage me,&amp;quot; that is real profit. Not that &amp;quot;Please give me, instead of hundred dollars, give me thousand dollars.&amp;quot; No. This is not pure devotion. You should all understand this. Anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyam ([[Vanisource:CC Madhya 19.167|CC Madhya 19.167]]). Completely freed from any material desire. That is pure devotion. That will make you happy.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1974_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1974 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1974 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;ReportersInterviewJune291974Melbourne_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1974_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;132&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Reporters Interview -- June 29, 1974, Melbourne&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Reporters Interview -- June 29, 1974, Melbourne&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra means Kṛṣṇa, the Lord, and Hare, or Harā, means Kṛṣṇa&#039;s energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Reporters Interview -- June 29, 1974, Melbourne|Reporters Interview -- June 29, 1974, Melbourne]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Guest (2): Your Divine Grace, do you think that chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra is the only way to achieve liberation?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes. The Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra means Kṛṣṇa, the Lord, and Hare, or Harā, means Kṛṣṇa&#039;s energy. Just like you are there, the heater is there and the heating energy is there, similarly, Kṛṣṇa is there and Kṛṣṇa&#039;s energies are there. Just like the sun is there, and the sun&#039;s energy is there, the sunshine, heat and light. Is it not? There is heat and light. That is from the sun. But still, the heat and light is different from the sun. Suppose you are in the sunshine. In one sense you are in the sun, and in other sense you are not in the sun because sun&#039;s temperature is so high, had you been in the sun, you would have been immediately blown up, burned into ashes. But you are in the sunshine, the energy of sun. So, Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Lord, is situated as the supreme fire, and whatever we are experiencing, that is His energy. Although sun is... The example, sun is 93,000,000 miles away, but (on) account of the sun&#039;s energy spread, we are feeling the presence of sun. Similarly, we have to associate with God, Kṛṣṇa, by chanting His holy name because Kṛṣṇa, being Absolute, He is not different from His name, and therefore, if you chant Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra without any offense, then you directly associate with Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Correspondence&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1969_Correspondence&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1969 Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1969 Correspondence&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LettertoSubalaLosAngeles8July1969_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1969_Correspondence&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Let&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;426&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Letter to Subala -- Los Angeles 8 July, 1969&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Letter to Subala -- Los Angeles 8 July, 1969&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Our prayer of the Hare Krishna Mantra means addressing Radha and Krishna for being engaged in Their service.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Letter to Subala -- Los Angeles 8 July, 1969|Letter to Subala -- Los Angeles 8 July, 1969]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Regarding your arrest by the police, it was Krishna&#039;s desire, so that it is now authoritatively admitted that we are not guilty. You can take a certified copy of the judgement. This will help not only your center, but other centers also. It will be of considerable aid in getting permission from the police. You take this copy immediately and make several photostat copies, and send to every center and one copy to me. Get mrdangas and karatalas from New York. Keep our books and magazines sufficiently, and make propaganda. You are now a veteran devotee, so you can help others and yourself nicely. Simply you have to execute the principles very rigidly and faithfully. Then everything is there, and all success is at your command. Regarding you taking a job, I hope if you properly execute your activities, you will have no lack of money. In the beginning there may be a little hardship, but everywhere it has proved successful. I have information from Brahmananda that last month they collected about $2,400. So after all, it is all Krishna&#039;s money. When He sees us very faithful and trustworthy, He gives up His money for expenditures. Simply pray to Krishna that you may be able by His Grace to serve Him nicely. Our prayer of the Hare Krishna Mantra means addressing Radha and Krishna for being engaged in Their service. Hare Krishna means &amp;quot;Oh Hare, Oh Radharani! Oh Krishna! Please engage me in Your service so that I can get relief from the service of Maya.&amp;quot; Just like a person resigns from an inferior quality of service and accepts a superior quality of service, similarly, our prayer to Krishna is to give us relief from the inferior quality of service to Maya, and to be engaged in the superior quality of service to Krishna. Service we have to render, and the whole process is to accept the superior quality of service in Krishna Consciousness. I hope this finds you in good health.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_freedom_soldier_means&amp;diff=536778</id>
		<title>The freedom soldier means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_freedom_soldier_means&amp;diff=536778"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T10:50:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The freedom soldier means... to The freedom soldier means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The freedom soldier means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|05Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|05Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Freedom|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:soldiers|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary D-E-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1975 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1975 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationApril41975Mayapur_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;45&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- April 4, 1975, Mayapur&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- April 4, 1975, Mayapur&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The freedom soldier means Indian soldiers. They entered Bangladesh because East Bengal, West Bengal. And they started this freedom soldier.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- April 4, 1975, Mayapur|Room Conversation -- April 4, 1975, Mayapur]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: That war was also Russian instigated. This war, last war between Pakistan and India, was practically between India and Pakistan, uh, yes...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee (1): Russia.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: No. The Bangladesh, they were Bengalis. Although the whole Pakistan, including Bangladesh and the other part, West Pakistan, East Pakistan, Bangladesh... So actually, Bangladesh is bigger than West Pakistan. They should have taken the government, majority. But the West Pakistan, by force they were ruling. They are not majority. So after all, they are Bengalis, maybe Muslim. They&#039;re intelligent than these Punjabis. Punjabis, they have got bodily strength, not brain. So these Bengalis, in Mujjhamat Raman, that was his demands, that: &amp;quot;We are majority. Why they should govern us? We should govern over them.&amp;quot; This is the movement. So, but they&#039;re already in power. So how to throw them out of power? So he negotiated in India, that: &amp;quot;You help us to separate from...&amp;quot; And India&#039;s interest is that Pakistan becomes weak by separation, that is India&#039;s interest. So India agreed to help them. How to help? They organized a false, er, soldiers. You know? What is called? Bahini. Mean a freedom soldier. They organized freedom soldier. And India consulted Russia. Russia was friendly, that: &amp;quot;We want to help Bangladesh.&amp;quot; So they said: &amp;quot;Yes, you help. If there is fight, then we shall help you.&amp;quot; This was the... So these bahini, sanan bahini, sandana bahini, or something like that, they organized, &amp;quot;freedom soldiers.&amp;quot; The freedom soldier means Indian soldiers. They entered Bangladesh because East Bengal, West Bengal. And they started this freedom soldier. But this is Indian soldier. Pakistan could understand that, that where this Bangladesh will get so nice soldiers? It is Indian soldiers. So when the movement was increasing, then Pakistan was in a very precarious condition. So they wanted American help. The Americans also said: &amp;quot;Yes.&amp;quot; So they got American planes, American... to crush down this Bangladesh. And the Bangladesh means Indian soldiers. So later on it was discovered. So Pakistan attacked directly India. That was to go on, increase. But when the Americans were helping, these Pakistani, the Russians also came. So it was going to be a, the same, Third World War, immediately. So Americans considered something, that: &amp;quot;Let us take some time.&amp;quot; Therefore the war was stopped. Otherwise it was already started. That policy is going on.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_first_condition_of_love_means&amp;diff=536776</id>
		<title>The first condition of love means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_first_condition_of_love_means&amp;diff=536776"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T10:50:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The first condition of love means... to The first condition of love means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The first condition of love means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|31Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|31Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:First|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Condition|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Love|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary D-E-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary J-K-L]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1976_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;9&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1976 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1976 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;EveningDarsanaAugust91976Tehran_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1976_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;251&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Evening Darsana -- August 9, 1976, Tehran&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Evening Darsana -- August 9, 1976, Tehran&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The first condition of love means there must be two persons. What do you think? There must be two persons when there is question of love.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Evening Darsana -- August 9, 1976, Tehran|Evening Darsana -- August 9, 1976, Tehran]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Our mission is not to make the nonvegetarian as vegetarian. That will automatically be done. Our mission is to teach people how to love God.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Ali: That&#039;s right. I&#039;ve noticed that. I had that conversation with Mahārāja.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: And to love God we must have definite idea of God, our exchange. Just like materially also, if somebody loves somebody, one must know each other. Otherwise where there is question of love? Love means direct contact. So they speak of love of Godhead. Just like the Christian people, they say &amp;quot;Love of Godhead.&amp;quot; But they have no idea who is God. So where is the question of love? It is an impractical proposition, love of Godhead. First of all, you must know who is God. If I love somebody, I must know him, what he is. So this is going on. They speak of love of Godhead, but they do not know who is God or what is God. Therefore they are misguided. Simply it is words. There is no practical value. Do you agree with this point or not? If you have no idea of God, if you have no business with God, then where is the question of love? What is the definition of love, huh? What is the definition of love?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Ali: We talk about love, but I think you should personally, an individual should experience. My definition would be, a, uh, unworthy.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Definition of love, you can explain what is definition of love.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Parivrājakācārya: I can explain the definition of bhakti.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: No, you bring another word. But explain it, what is love. In Vedic language you get every definition. Love means two persons, both of them; beloved and the lover, is it not? The first condition of love means there must be two persons. What do you think? There must be two persons when there is question of love.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Hari-śauri: Yes, it&#039;s a reciprocation.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Ah. Otherwise where is love? What is this? Unless there are two persons, where is the question of love? Try to understand one step by step.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Ali: Does that mean one loses himself? Personality?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: What does he say?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Parivrājakācārya: Does that mean that one loses himself?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Why? Then where is love? Why shall I lose? I exist, you exist, then there is love. If I am lost, then with whom there will be to love?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Ali: I didn&#039;t mean losing the existence, but losing the self-importance.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Hari-śauri: Self-interest.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes. That is very important thing. That is important, yes. But love means two persons, there is exchange. Giving something, taking something, feeding something and to eat something, and speaking everything, no secrecy, and to know everything of the other person. When these things are transacted, then there is love. Dadāti pratigṛhṇāti bhuṅkte bhojayate caiva guhyam ākhyāti pṛcchati. If I love you and if I have got some secrecy, I don&#039;t disclose to you, that is not perfect love. I must deal with you open-hearted, you must deal with me open-hearted, then there is love. This is one of the basic principles. I shall invite you to eat with me and I shall accept your invitation to eat with me. I shall give you some presentation, you shall give me some presentation. In this way love develops. So if you want to love Kṛṣṇa, God, then these things must be there. Otherwise, where there is question of love? To appreciate God is great, that is not love. That is simply appreciation. But when we actually give everything to God and take everything from Him, you talk with Him of your mind, He talks with you. You give Him to eat and whatever He gives you eat. In this way there is question of love. Simply appreciation of the greatness of God, that is good, in God consciousness, but that is not love. The love stage is different.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_evolution_of_different_types_of_body_means&amp;diff=536772</id>
		<title>The evolution of different types of body means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_evolution_of_different_types_of_body_means&amp;diff=536772"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T10:50:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The evolution of different types of body means... to The evolution of different types of body means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The evolution of different types of body means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|28Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|28Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Evolution|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Different Types Of Body|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary D-E-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1974_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1974 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1974 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;MorningWalkApril111974Bombay_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1974_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;60&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- April 11, 1974, Bombay&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- April 11, 1974, Bombay&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The evolution of different types of body means evolution of intelligence.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- April 11, 1974, Bombay|Morning Walk -- April 11, 1974, Bombay]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Why do they disagree, that animal has no soul? What is the point? Why do they say?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Italian Man (1): Because they don&#039;t like to identify themselves with animals. Because if they admit that animals have a soul, then they have to identity, means they are afraid of identifying with animals. They feel they are superior to animals. We are superior to animals, indeed, but...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: That is by intelligence. We are superior to animals by superior intelligence, not by... Just like a human child. His father is superior than the child because the father has got superior intelligence, not that the child has no soul. The child talks so many nonsense things, but we take it, &amp;quot;After all, it is child.&amp;quot; Nobody cares whether it is symmetrical or not, because his intelligence is not developed. So even the animals have no developed intelligence, that does not mean it has no soul. Yes. The evolution of different types of body means evolution of intelligence. Just like a flower, in the bud stage, the flower is there. But the fragrance or the beauty has not yet developed. So unless the things are there, how it can develop? Similarly, the soul is there in every living entity, but according to the development of the body, evolution of the body, the intelligence becomes manifest. Otherwise, what is the meaning of education? Education means to develop the intelligence. That is education.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_essence_means&amp;diff=536770</id>
		<title>The essence means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_essence_means&amp;diff=536770"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T10:39:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The essence means... to The essence means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;the essence means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|03Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|03Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Essence|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary D-E-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1975 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1975 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationwithMetaphysicsSocietyFebruary211975Caracas_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Metaphysics Society -- February 21, 1975, Caracas&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Metaphysics Society -- February 21, 1975, Caracas&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In the essence means the spirit; that God is the supreme spirit, I am the particle spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Metaphysics Society -- February 21, 1975, Caracas|Room Conversation with Metaphysics Society -- February 21, 1975, Caracas]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: If you say, &amp;quot;I am servant,&amp;quot; and God says, &amp;quot;I am master,&amp;quot; then it is perfect.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Lady (Hṛdayānanda): You said that when I say, &amp;quot;I am,&amp;quot; and when you say, &amp;quot;I am,&amp;quot; they are different. But she understands that the essence of everyone is the same.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: That&#039;s all right. But still, in the essence, in the essence means the spirit; that God is the supreme spirit, I am the particle spirit. So far spiritual constitution is concerned, God and the living entity, one. Both of them are spiritual. But the power, God&#039;s power and your power, is not the same. It is said in the Bible, so far I remember, &amp;quot;God said, &#039;Let there be creation.&#039; There was creation.&amp;quot; Can you do that, &amp;quot;Let there be creation&amp;quot; and create something? Therefore when God says, &amp;quot;I am&amp;quot; and you say &amp;quot;I am,&amp;quot; that is different. So &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; means person. As person, He is also person. And &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; means persons. You are also person. But that person and you person is different. He is almighty, all-powerful. You have no... You have limited power.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Lady (Hṛdayānanda): This is Māyāvādī philosophy. She&#039;s saying that when she says, &amp;quot;I am,&amp;quot; she doesn&#039;t mean &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; in the sense of the lower self but in the higher self.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: That we have admitted. God is spirit; I am spirit. So both of them &amp;quot;I.&amp;quot; But God&#039;s power and your power is not equal. God said, &amp;quot;Let there be creation.&amp;quot; There was creation. But you say, &amp;quot;Let there be capati,&amp;quot; there will be no capati unless you work.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_doer_means&amp;diff=536766</id>
		<title>The doer means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_doer_means&amp;diff=536766"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T10:39:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The doer means... to The doer means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The doer means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|08Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|08Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Do|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary D-E-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Correspondence&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1977_Correspondence&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;12&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1977 Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1977 Correspondence&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LettertoArtistsUnknownPlaceUnknownDate_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1977_Correspondence&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Let&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;127&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Letter to Artists -- Unknown Place Unknown Date&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Letter to Artists -- Unknown Place Unknown Date&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In our devotional service, if the endeavor is right, then it is successful. So the painting is not very clear. The doer means the man.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Letter to Artists -- Unknown Place Unknown Date|Letter to Artists -- Unknown Place Unknown Date]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Endeavor means energy which is employed. Anything you do, there must be some activity. That is endeavor. In our devotional service, if the endeavor is right, then it is successful. So the painting is not very clear. The doer means the man. The place must be favorable. The activities must be authorized. The doer must be expert, the instruments must be fit and the help from the Supersoul may be adequate. These are the five causes for success and opposite are the five factors for nonsuccess. So I can give you hints only, but you must put life into the painting. For instance, from the business point of view, one man is doing some business. If he goes to the marketplace, it will be done very nice, since there are so many customers. Similarly one looking for spiritual life goes to where devotees are and associates with them. So one must go to a particular type of place for a particular type of activity. And the person acting must be well versed, or expert. Just as an expert salesman, his method of business is bona fide. The senses must be used in order to see if one is cheating, hear offers, etc. And above all is the help from the Supersoul who dictates in this way and so everything becomes successful, spiritually or materially, by these five factors.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_cure_means&amp;diff=536764</id>
		<title>The cure means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_cure_means&amp;diff=536764"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T10:39:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The cure means... to The cure means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;the cure means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|11Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|11Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Cure|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1969_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1969 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1969 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationMay101969ColumbusOhio_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1969_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;12&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- May 10, 1969, Columbus, Ohio&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- May 10, 1969, Columbus, Ohio&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;A tuberculosis person is completely restricted, &amp;quot;You cannot have sex life.&amp;quot; That restriction is for curing him. And the cure means he enjoys—whatever he thinks enjoyment, that is unlimited.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- May 10, 1969, Columbus, Ohio|Room Conversation -- May 10, 1969, Columbus, Ohio]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Tapasya means voluntarily restraining or accepting some suffering condition. That is not actually suffering condition. Just like a patient. A doctor says, &amp;quot;You cannot take it.&amp;quot; So he has the desire to take it, but doctor says that &amp;quot;you cannot take it.&amp;quot; Therefore he mentally thinks that &amp;quot;Doctor has restricted this. I am suffering.&amp;quot; Actually he is curing, but he thinks that &amp;quot;I am suffering.&amp;quot; And when he&#039;s cured, he sees, &amp;quot;Oh, doctor is good friend. He told me not to indulge in this. Now I have done it. I am now cured.&amp;quot; So tapasya means voluntarily one has to accept some so-called suffering. That is required to make advancement in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, voluntarily acceptance, some so-called suffering. Tapaḥ divyam. That suffering is for transcendental realization. That is good. Tapo divyaṁ yena sattvaṁ śuddhyet ([[Vanisource:SB 5.5.1|SB 5.5.1]]). Śuddhyet means your existence will be purified. And existence purified means you advance to realize unlimited happiness. What is the disease? Disease means there is limitation of eating, limitation of sleeping. Everything is limited. Limitation of mating. A diseased man cannot have sex life unlimitedly or whatever. There is restriction. A tuberculosis person is completely restricted, &amp;quot;You cannot have sex life.&amp;quot; That restriction is for curing him. And the cure means he enjoys—whatever he thinks enjoyment, that is unlimited. Yasmād brahma-saukhyam anantam ([[Vanisource:SB 5.5.1|SB 5.5.1]]). Brahma-saukhyam, eternal happiness, unending happiness. So for acquiring unending, eternal happiness, if you have to accept some voluntary suffering in this life, everyone should do that.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_computer_machine_can_work_for_thousands_of_men._So_thousands_of_men_means&amp;diff=536762</id>
		<title>The computer machine can work for thousands of men. So thousands of men means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_computer_machine_can_work_for_thousands_of_men._So_thousands_of_men_means&amp;diff=536762"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T10:38:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The computer machine can work for thousands of men. So thousands of men means... to The computer machine can work for thousands of men. So thousands of men means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;the computer machine. It can work for thousands of men. So thousands of men means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|08Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|08Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Computer|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Machine|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:work|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Thousands|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:men|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary M-N-O]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary V-W-X-Y-Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Festival_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Festival Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Festival Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;NrsimhacaturdasiLordNrsimhadevasAppearanceDaySrimadBhagavatam752234LosAngelesMay271972_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Festival_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Nrsimha-caturdasi Lord Nrsimhadeva&#039;s Appearance Day -- Srimad-Bhagavatam 7.5.22-34 -- Los Angeles, May 27, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Nrsimha-caturdasi Lord Nrsimhadeva&#039;s Appearance Day -- Srimad-Bhagavatam 7.5.22-34 -- Los Angeles, May 27, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I gave you one example: the computer machine. It can work for thousands of men. So thousands of men means the thousands of men must be unemployed. And especially in your country, they are taking advantage of this machine because the salary is If you want to pay to the worker, a big, big salary. So they want to save. They are taking machine, and they think they will save money, so many workers. But the workers are becoming unemployed. The government has to give them welfare.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Nrsimha-caturdasi Lord Nrsimhadeva&#039;s Appearance Day -- Srimad-Bhagavatam 7.5.22-34 -- Los Angeles, May 27, 1972|Nrsimha-caturdasi Lord Nrsimhadeva&#039;s Appearance Day -- Srimad-Bhagavatam 7.5.22-34 -- Los Angeles, May 27, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So that is our position. We are advanced in civilization. Now we want to kill God. So we are again going to be uncivilized, to remain in the forest and to remain naked. Actually, they are practicing that: nature&#039;s life. So again they are going to be aborigines. And that is being practiced. They are going to the forest, they remain naked. So actually, punar mūṣiko bhava: &amp;quot;Again become mouse.&amp;quot; Civilized human being means God conscious, happy life, no trouble, no enviousness, everything happy, no hard labor. Why hard labor? Everything is there. You just employ your little intelligence, you get sufficient food by grains, by fruits, by flowers, milk. There is no difficulty if we remain in our own way. So that is the difficulty, that we do not know that our ultimate goal of life is God-realization. Then God has got all arrangement. You cannot produce fruits and grains in factory. They are given by God. Why? That &amp;quot;You eat them and be Kṛṣṇa conscious, chant Hare Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; But we don&#039;t want that. We want slaughterhouse, unnecessarily. Actually, if you go to the store... There are so many stores. How many stores are selling only meat? It is not possible. Ninety-nine percent fruits, vegetables, grains you are taking, and maybe a little percentage of meat. So why you cannot give up this little percentage? If you think that meat is very palatable, why don&#039;t you live on meat? Russia is also trying like that. That has become the fashion. In Moscow, it was very difficult to find out nice grains. With great difficulty Śyāmasundara used to spend two hours daily to secure these things.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;So this is the problem. Na te viduḥ svārtha-gatiṁ hi viṣṇuṁ duraṣśayā ye bahir-artha māninaḥ ([[Vanisource:SB 7.5.31|SB 7.5.31]]). They are trying to be happy by the arrangement of these material activities. Andhā yathāndhair upanīyamānās te &#039;pīśa-tantryām. They do not know that the material nature is so strong that you cannot get out of it unless you are prepared to suffer more and more. If you take to natural life and live peacefully and take to Kṛṣṇa consciousness, that is your real life. And if you simply increase botheration and problems, then you&#039;ll have to suffer. That is the position of modern civilization. Actually, superficially we see that material advancement of material science, people have got so many machines, so many facilities. But actually, they are in trouble. Just like I gave you one example: the computer machine. It can work for thousands of men. So thousands of men means the thousands of men must be unemployed. And especially in your country, they are taking advantage of this machine because the salary is If you want to pay to the worker, a big, big salary. So they want to save. They are taking machine, and they think they will save money, so many workers. But the workers are becoming unemployed. The government has to give them welfare. The government will tax. That&#039;s all. (laughter.) Government will not give money, welfare, from government&#039;s pocket. The government will increase your taxation. So you are..., you stop payment by importing some machine, now you have to pay that money to the government. This is called entanglement. This is a crude example. I don&#039;t say that you stop all this business, but the material world is like that. You want to solve something; instead of solving, you&#039;ll create so many problems. This is material life. Because our life is not meant for solving problems and creating problems. Our life is meant for understanding God. Then everything is all right. But that you have given up.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:na te viduḥ svārtha-gatiṁ hi viṣṇuṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:durāśayā ye bahir-artha-māninaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:andhā yathāndhair upanīyamānās&lt;br /&gt;
:te &#039;pīśa-tantryām uru-dāmni baddhāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:([[Vanisource:SB 7.5.31|SB 7.5.31]])&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;They do not know that you cannot go an inch beyond the stringent laws of material nature. That is not possible.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Then the next question is that how... People are not interested in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, and then, they are misled by blind leaders. So how, what is the solution? That is Prahlāda Mahārāja saying,&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:naiṣāṁ matis tāvad urukramāṅghriṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:spṛśaty anarthāpagamo yad-arthaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:mahīyasāṁ pāda-rajo-&#039;bhiṣekaṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:niṣkiñcanānāṁ na vṛṇīta yāvat&lt;br /&gt;
:([[Vanisource:SB 7.5.32|SB 7.5.32]])&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Therefore one has to take shelter of a pure devotee. That is the only solution. He says, naiṣāṁ matis tāvad urukramāṅgrhim. The beginning was that &amp;quot;They are not interested in Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&amp;quot; Then how to become Kṛṣṇa conscious if that is the solution? Then Prahlāda Mahārāja says, naiṣāṁ matis tāvad: &amp;quot;So long one does not approach a pure devotee,&amp;quot; mahīyasāṁ niṣkiñcanānām, &amp;quot;great personalities, who has no more any material interest,&amp;quot; niṣkiñcana, &amp;quot;and takes the dust of his lotus feet on the head...&amp;quot; Naiṣāṁ matis tāvad urukramāṅghrim: &amp;quot;So long one does not approach such personality, there is no possibility of becoming Kṛṣṇa conscious.&amp;quot; Naiṣāṁ matis tāvad urukramāṅghrim. As soon as one approaches the pure devotee and takes the dust of his lotus feet and puts it on his head, immediately, anartha apagamaḥ, he&#039;ll be freed from all this nonsense. That means he&#039;ll forget this idea that &amp;quot;Materially we can advance.&amp;quot; This is the process. So we have to approach a niṣkiñcana, who has nothing to do with this material world. His only ambition is to serve more Kṛṣṇa. And if somebody approaches him and takes the dust of his lotus feet, then he can understand. Mahīyasāṁ pāda-rajo-&#039;bhiṣekaṁ niṣkiñcanānāṁ na vṛṇīta yāvat. (aside:) Our time is over? All right.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_Aryan_family_means&amp;diff=536756</id>
		<title>The Aryan family means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_Aryan_family_means&amp;diff=536756"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T10:37:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The Aryan family means... to The Aryan family means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Aryan family means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|06Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|06Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aryan|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Family|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary D-E-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG1045NewYorkJanuary41967_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;333&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 10.4-5 -- New York, January 4, 1967&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 10.4-5 -- New York, January 4, 1967&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Aryan family means they are civilized form of life.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 10.4-5 -- New York, January 4, 1967|Lecture on BG 10.4-5 -- New York, January 4, 1967]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So fortunately we have got now civilized form of life. The Aryan family means they are civilized form of life. But we are utilizing in the matter of maintaining this body. Āhāra-nidrā-bhaya-maithunaṁ ca. We are utilizing this material, this developed body. The spirit soul has got the chance now to liberate himself. There is a process. By nature&#039;s way, the evolution is to give chance the spirit to get out of this material entanglement. So people are not giving importance.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Therefore sometimes we find there is overpopulation. Overpopulation. What is this overpopulation? Overpopulation means that just like from lower class a student is promoted, and when he comes to the final class, if he does not pass, then the class is overcrowded. Suppose from one, two, three, four, one comes to the tenth class. Tenth class is meant for final examination and go to the college. So if in the tenth class the students fail, then the tenth class becomes overpopulated. Similarly, the present civilization we sometimes find that there is overpopulation. Overpopulation means we are not being promoted to higher life. We are being blocked, and therefore nature&#039;s course is: there must be some pestilence; there must be some war to finish it.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;So there is no such intelligence, there is no such knowledge, and they are very much proud. So if we want really... Because these things are God gift, knowledge... It is explained here, buddhir jñānam asammohaḥ. All these things are gift of God. So we must utilize. This human form is developed for utilizing the gifts of God. God has given us nice foodstuff; God has given us intelligence; God has given us knowledge; now God has given us books of knowledge. He is personally speaking this Bhagavad-gītā. Why don&#039;t you utilize it? Why don&#039;t you utilize it? If we utilize it, then we may be proud of become Aryan or human being.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_age_of_Kali_means&amp;diff=536754</id>
		<title>The age of Kali means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_age_of_Kali_means&amp;diff=536754"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T10:37:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The age of Kali means... to The age of Kali means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;the age of Kali means&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;the age of Kali—means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|20Nov11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|20Nov11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Kali-yuga|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary J-K-L]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 1&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB1164_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_1&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;623&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 1.16.4&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 1.16.4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The age of Kali means mismanagement and quarrel. And the root cause of all mismanagement and quarrel is that worthless men with the modes of lower-class men, who have no higher ambition in life, come to the helm of the state management.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 1.16.4|SB 1.16.4, Translation and Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once, when Mahārāja Parīkṣit was on his way to conquer the world, he saw the master of Kali-yuga, who was lower than a śūdra, disguised as a king and hurting the legs of a cow and bull. The King at once caught hold of him to deal sufficient punishment.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The purpose of a king&#039;s going out to conquer the world is not for self-aggrandizement. Mahārāja Parīkṣit went out to conquer the world after his ascendance to the throne, but this was not for the purpose of aggression on other states. He was the Emperor of the world, and all small states were already under his regime. His purpose in going out was to see how things were going on in terms of the godly state. The king, being the representative of the Lord, has to execute the will of the Lord duly. There is no question of self-aggrandizement. Thus as soon as Mahārāja Parīkṣit saw that a lower-class man in the dress of a king was hurting the legs of a cow and a bull, at once he arrested and punished him. The king cannot tolerate insults to the most important animal, the cow, nor can he tolerate disrespect for the most important man, the brāhmaṇa. Human civilization means to advance the cause of brahminical culture, and to maintain it, cow protection is essential. There is a miracle in milk, for it contains all the necessary vitamins to sustain human physiological conditions for higher achievements. Brahminical culture can advance only when man is educated to develop the quality of goodness, and for this there is a prime necessity of food prepared with milk, fruits and grains. Mahārāja Parīkṣit was astonished to see that a black śūdra, dressed like a ruler, was mistreating a cow, the most important animal in human society.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The age of Kali means mismanagement and quarrel. And the root cause of all mismanagement and quarrel is that worthless men with the modes of lower-class men, who have no higher ambition in life, come to the helm of the state management. Such men at the post of a king are sure to first hurt the cow and the brahminical culture, thereby pushing all society towards hell. Mahārāja Parīkṣit, trained as he was, got the scent of this root cause of all quarrel in the world. Thus he wanted to stop it in the very beginning.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1975 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1975 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationwithBillFaillreporterOctober81975Durban_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;207&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Bill Faill (reporter) -- October 8, 1975, Durban&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Bill Faill (reporter) -- October 8, 1975, Durban&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;There are different processes, but at the present moment people are very, very fallen. This is called the age of Kali—means most fallen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Bill Faill (reporter) -- October 8, 1975, Durban|Room Conversation with Bill Faill (reporter) -- October 8, 1975, Durban]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Faill: ...the Kṛṣṇa movement is about and its origins, its following. This sort of thing.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Where is Puṣṭa Kṛṣṇa? Kṛṣṇa means God. The word Kṛṣṇa means all-attractive. So unless one is all-attractive, he cannot be God. So this Kṛṣṇa consciousness means God consciousness. Our position, we all living entities, we are all small particles, equal in quality with God—small, just like gold and a small particle of gold.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Faill: The spark.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Spark. Yes. Fire, big fire and spark fire—both of them fire, but one is big and one is very small. So our relationship with God is eternal. At the present moment, on account of contact with this material energy, we have forgotten our relationship with God. Therefore our life is problematic. We are facing so many problems. So again, if we revive our original consciousness, then we shall become happy. So this is the sum and substance of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Now, the process how to revive our original consciousness. There are different processes, but at the present moment people are very, very fallen. This is called the age of Kali—means most fallen. Most fallen. The so-called material advancement is not the solution because God is eternal, we are eternal, and in the material condition we are changing our body. On account of our ignorance we are thinking &amp;quot;I am this body,&amp;quot; but I am not this body. I am that spark, spirit, part and parcel of God.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Faill: The body is just a vehicle.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes, a covering. Vehicle also. Vehicle also. It is just like a machine. You go from one place to another on a motorcar machine. So this body is just like machine. On account of our material, conditional life we are thinking that &amp;quot;If I get this position, then I will be happy. If I get this position, I will be happy.&amp;quot; We are creating mental concoction. But nothing will make us happy unless we come to our real position that &amp;quot;I am part and parcel of God. My business is to associate with God and help or cooperate with God.&amp;quot; So that position we have to revive.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_%27trees%27_means&amp;diff=536750</id>
		<title>The &#039;trees&#039; means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_%27trees%27_means&amp;diff=536750"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T10:36:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page The &amp;#039;trees&amp;#039; means... to The &amp;#039;trees&amp;#039; means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;The &#039;trees&#039; means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|13Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|13Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tree|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_4&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 4&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB43047_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_4&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;1356&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 4.30.47&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 4.30.47&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In this connection, Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī Prabhupāda states, vṛkṣāḥ tad-adhiṣṭhātṛ-devatāḥ: &amp;quot;The &#039;trees&#039; means the controlling deity of those trees.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 4.30.47|SB 4.30.47, Translation and Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The remaining trees, being very much afraid of the Pracetās, immediately delivered their daughter at the advice of Lord Brahmā.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The daughter of the trees is referred to in text 13 of this chapter. This daughter was born of Kaṇḍu and Pramlocā. The society girl Pramlocā, after giving birth to the child, immediately left for the heavenly kingdom. While the child was crying, the king of the moon took compassion upon her and saved her by putting his finger into her mouth. This child was cared for by the trees, and when she grew up, by the order of Lord Brahmā, she was delivered to the Pracetās as their wife. The name of the girl was Māriṣā, as the next verse will explain. It was the predominating deity of the trees that delivered the daughter. In this connection, Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī Prabhupāda states, vṛkṣāḥ tad-adhiṣṭhātṛ-devatāḥ: &amp;quot;The &#039;trees&#039; means the controlling deity of those trees.&amp;quot; In Vedic literatures we find that there is a controlling deity of the water; similarly, there is a controlling deity of the trees. The Pracetās were engaged in burning all the trees to ashes, and they considered the trees their enemies. To pacify the Pracetās, the predominating deity of the trees, under the advice of Lord Brahmā, delivered the daughter Māriṣā.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=That_tumultuous_sound_means&amp;diff=536748</id>
		<title>That tumultuous sound means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=That_tumultuous_sound_means&amp;diff=536748"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T10:36:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page That tumultuous sound means... to That tumultuous sound means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;That tumultuous sound means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Laksmipriya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|17Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|17Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tumultuous Sound|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 1.20 -- London, July 17, 1973&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 1.20 -- London, July 17, 1973&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That tumultuous sound means one businessman is talking, &amp;quot;What is your rate? This is my rate. What is your rate?&amp;quot; That&#039;s all.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 1.20 -- London, July 17, 1973|Lecture on BG 1.20 -- London, July 17, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Just like if you go to the market and two mercantile men talking. So it should be understood that he is also businessman, he is also businessman, so they must be talking something about business. It is natural conclusion. Two businessmen are talking seriously, not that they are discussing Bhagavad-gītā. You cannot say that. They must be talking about business, something about profit.&lt;br /&gt;
Just like all the businessmen, they assemble in exchange, like stock exchange. So there is howling, great sound, talking with each other, tumultuous sound. That tumultuous sound means one businessman is talking, &amp;quot;What is your rate? This is my rate. What is your rate?&amp;quot; That&#039;s all. You cannot expect that a stock exchange, the people gathered there, they are talking something about Bhāgavata and Bhagavad-gītā. No.&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, when there is talk between the Supreme Lord Kṛṣṇa and His devotee, so this whole talk is bhakti. It is nothing else.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Test_means&amp;diff=536742</id>
		<title>Test means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Test_means&amp;diff=536742"/>
		<updated>2015-06-24T10:36:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page Test means... to Test means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;test means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|02Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|02Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Test|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB797MayapurFebruary141976_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;793&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 7.9.7 -- Mayapur, February 14, 1976&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 7.9.7 -- Mayapur, February 14, 1976&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you follow the devotional process, then anartha will be finished very soon. That is the test. Test means, bhakti pareśānubhavo viraktir anyatra syāt, if you are actually advancing in bhakti, devotional service, then automatically you don&#039;t like these nonsense practices. No illicit sex, no meat eating, no gambling, no intoxication, automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.9.7 -- Mayapur, February 14, 1976|Lecture on SB 7.9.7 -- Mayapur, February 14, 1976]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;With our, this institution, the center is meant for giving a chance to the common people to get association of devotee. Ādau śraddhā tataḥ sādhu-saṅgaḥ (Cc. Madhya 23.14-15). Sādhu means those who are well-behaved in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, not upstarts. They are called sādhu. So, those who are living in this temple, they must be strictly very well behaved, so that whoever may come out of śraddhā, if he sits down for some time and sees your behavior, then he&#039;ll be influenced. And if you become third-class, then how sādhu-saṅgaḥ will be effective? No. You must strictly follow the regulative principles as given to you by your spiritual master, śāstra. You must follow. Then people will come in contact with you, they will be benefited. Ādau śraddhā tataḥ sādhu-saṅgaḥ (Cc. Madhya 23.14-15), and if he regularly makes sādhu-saṅgaḥ, then the effect will be he will try to become a sādhu. That is initiation. Initiation means the beginning of becoming a sādhu, not that after initiation immediately he becomes a sādhu. If he follows, just like we instruct that you chant at least sixteen rounds, you have no illicit sex, you cannot take any meat, fish, eggs, or you cannot have any intoxication up to drinking tea and smoking, and we say no gambling. This is the process of becoming a sādhu. So ādau śraddhā. This is called bhajana-kriyā.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Then anartha-nivṛttiḥ. Anartha, these are anartha. There is no need of smoking. It is useless, but we have practiced it. Therefore they are anartha. But if you follow the devotional process, then anartha will be finished very soon. That is the test. Test means, bhakti pareśānubhavo viraktir anyatra syāt, if you are actually advancing in bhakti, devotional service, then automatically you don&#039;t like these nonsense practices. No illicit sex, no meat eating, no gambling, no intoxication, automatically. That is the test how far you are. Anartha-nivṛtti syāt, these are anartha. Then if he is niṣṭhā, firm faith, then ruci, taste then asakti,  attraction then bhava, then prema. So Prahlāda Mahārāja, he is on the stage of prema, prema-gadgadayā vācā tan-nyasta-hṛdayekṣaṇaḥ. when you attain the stage of prema, then your core of heart is cleansed for welcoming, He is there, for seeing.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1974_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1974 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1974 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationwithReverendGordonPowellHeadofScotsChurchJune281974Melbourne_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1974_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;130&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Reverend Gordon Powell, Head of Scots Church -- June 28, 1974, Melbourne&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Reverend Gordon Powell, Head of Scots Church -- June 28, 1974, Melbourne&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Simply by saying that &amp;quot;I am in commune with God.&amp;quot; No. There is test. The test means if he is always in touch with God, he&#039;ll become, in his characteristics, godly.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Reverend Gordon Powell, Head of Scots Church -- June 28, 1974, Melbourne|Room Conversation with Reverend Gordon Powell, Head of Scots Church -- June 28, 1974, Melbourne]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Satsvarūpa: To what do you attribute this serenity that your devotees have, their calmness.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Communist?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Satsvarūpa: The devotees seem to be calm, serene. Where does that come from?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: From Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Yes.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Reverend Powell: From what?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Kṛṣṇa consciousness, when one...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Reverend Powell: Ah, the consciousness, the Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Yes.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yasyāsti bhaktir bhagavaty akiñcanā. These are the proofs. Yasyāsti bhaktir bhagavaty akiñcanā sarvair guṇais tatra samāsate surāḥ ([[Vanisource:SB 5.18.12|SB 5.18.12]]). If one becomes Kṛṣṇa conscious, then he becomes qualified with all godly attributes. That I have explained, that if you be in touch with God, then you become godly. That is the test. Simply by saying that &amp;quot;I am in commune with God.&amp;quot; No. There is test. The test means if he is always in touch with God, he&#039;ll become, in his characteristics, godly. So they... One of the qualifications is serenity. Is one of the qualifications. There are twenty-five qualifications of a devotee.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=That_Sati_quit_her_body_means&amp;diff=536720</id>
		<title>That Sati quit her body means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=That_Sati_quit_her_body_means&amp;diff=536720"/>
		<updated>2015-06-23T07:02:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page That Sati quit her body means... to That Sati quit her body means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;that Sati quit her body means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|06Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|06Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Sati|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Quitting this Body|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary G-H-I]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary P-Q-R]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_4&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 4&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB4427_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_4&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;144&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 4.4.27&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 4.4.27&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;According to Śrī Jīva Gosvāmī, that Satī quit her body means that she gave up within her heart her relationship with Dakṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 4.4.27|SB 4.4.27, Translation and Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Satī concentrated all her meditation on the holy lotus feet of her husband, Lord Śiva, who is the supreme spiritual master of all the world. Thus she became completely cleansed of all taints of sin and quit her body in a blazing fire by meditation on the fiery elements.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Satī at once thought of the lotus feet of her husband, Lord Śiva, who is one of the three great personalities of Godhead in charge of the management of the material world, and simply by meditating on his lotus feet she derived such great pleasure that she forgot everything in relationship with her body. This pleasure was certainly material because she gave up her body for another body that was also material, but by this example we can appreciate the devotee&#039;s pleasure in concentrating his mind and attention on the lotus feet of the Supreme Lord, Viṣṇu, or Kṛṣṇa. There is such transcendental bliss in simply meditating on the lotus feet of the Lord that one can forget everything but the Lord&#039;s transcendental form. This is the perfection of yogic samādhi, or ecstasy. In this verse it is stated that by such meditation she became free from all contamination. What was that contamination? The contamination was her concept of the body derived from Dakṣa, but she forgot that bodily relationship in trance. The purport is that when one becomes free from all bodily relationships within this material world and simply places himself in the position of an eternal servant of the Supreme Lord, it is to be understood that all the contamination of his material attachment has been burned by the blazing fires of transcendental ecstasy. It is not necessary for one to manifest a blazing fire externally, for if one forgets all his bodily relationships within this material world and becomes situated in his spiritual identity, it is said that one has been freed from all material contamination by the blazing fire of yogic samādhi, or ecstasy. That is the topmost perfection of yoga. If one keeps his bodily relationships within this material world and poses himself as a great yogī, he is not a bona fide yogī. In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.4.15) it is stated, yat-kīrtanaṁ yat-smaraṇaṁ. Simply by chanting the holy name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, simply by remembering the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, simply by offering prayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one is immediately freed from material contamination, the material bodily concept, by the blazing fire of ecstasy. This effect takes place immediately, without a second&#039;s delay.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;According to Śrī Jīva Gosvāmī, that Satī quit her body means that she gave up within her heart her relationship with Dakṣa. Śrī Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura also comments that since Satī is the superintendent deity of the external potency, when she quit her body she did not get a spiritual body but simply transferred from the body she had received from Dakṣa. Other commentators also say that she immediately transferred herself into the womb of Menakā, her future mother. She gave up the body she had received from Dakṣa and immediately transferred herself to another, better body, but this does not mean that she got a spiritual body.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=That_our_senses_are_imperfect_means&amp;diff=536718</id>
		<title>That our senses are imperfect means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=That_our_senses_are_imperfect_means&amp;diff=536718"/>
		<updated>2015-06-23T07:02:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page That our senses are imperfect means... to That our senses are imperfect means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;That our senses are imperfect means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|20Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|20Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Imperfect Senses|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary G-H-I]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary M-N-O]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1972_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1972 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1972 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;InterviewJuly51972NewYork_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1972_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;34&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Interview -- July 5, 1972, New York&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Interview -- July 5, 1972, New York&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That our senses are imperfect means, just like I have given the example, I can see the sun, but I do not see the sun perfectly. I have got the power to see the sun, but I do not know how big is the sun. That power I haven&#039;t got. In that way my senses are imperfect.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Interview -- July 5, 1972, New York|Interview -- July 5, 1972, New York]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Guest (1): If our senses are imperfect, then with what sense do we perceive the Divine that underlies these laws of nature?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: That our senses are imperfect means, just like I have given the example, I can see the sun, but I do not see the sun perfectly. I have got the power to see the sun, but I do not know how big is the sun. That power I haven&#039;t got. In that way my senses are imperfect. So when I see the sun and hear about him from a perfect person who knows about the sun, then my knowledge becomes perfect, although I have got imperfect senses. Just like I cannot understand President Nixon by my speculation, but when President speaks about him I can understand, although I have got imperfect senses. This is the process. Imperfect in this way: that our senses cannot approach to the ultimate point by speculation.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Guest (1): Well I agree with that, but I still... The perfect person that is going to speak to me is God? Is that...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: That, that we&#039;ll have to find, find later on. First of all the principle should be accepted that unless we hear from the perfect person, our knowledge is imperfect. First of all you have to agree to this point. Therefore you are going to your schools, colleges, universities, because at home who could learn everything? So why you are going to school, colleges and universities? That is not possible. Therefore the Vedic injunction is that in order to know that perfect knowledge, one has to approach the proper person, who is know as guru.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Testimonial_means&amp;diff=536714</id>
		<title>Testimonial means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Testimonial_means&amp;diff=536714"/>
		<updated>2015-06-23T07:01:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page Testimonial means... to Testimonial means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Testimonial means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|08Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|08Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Testimony|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Correspondence&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1976_Correspondence&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;11&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1976 Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1976 Correspondence&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LettertoGopalaKrsnaLosAngeles9June1976_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1976_Correspondence&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Let&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;342&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Letter to Gopala Krsna -- Los Angeles 9 June, 1976&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Letter to Gopala Krsna -- Los Angeles 9 June, 1976&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Testimonial means it must be written or typed on their official letterhead, and duly signed by them.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Letter to Gopala Krsna -- Los Angeles 9 June, 1976|Letter to Gopala Krsna -- Los Angeles 9 June, 1976]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The printing should be managed by the BBT. Yasodanandana Swami is printing through the agency of the BBT, simply for convenience sake due to the inefficiency of the order department in Bombay. Even a letter from Fiji was not replied. However, the accounts should be kept by the BBT. The printing of Yasodanandana Swami is only for some small books. The quality of the big books must remain, and so they should not be printed by Yasodanandana Swami independently. So you can keep the account what is being sold, and what is the profit. But what is the wrong if Yasodanandana Swami prints the books on behalf of BBT for convenience. You are accusing him of so many bogus complaints. What is bogus? What is genuine? If all these complaints come to me it is too much taxation for me.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If the Ahmedabad centre is not making progress then if necessary you can decide to close it temporarily or not.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Concerning the reviews which you sent me of the Russia&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;(TEXT MISSING)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;dictated the review and did not actually hand you a written review? Then what is the value of such testimonial? Please clear it. Testimonial means it must be written or typed on their official letterhead, and duly signed by them. If it is not so, then what is the value of it?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Temple_worship_means&amp;diff=536698</id>
		<title>Temple worship means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Temple_worship_means&amp;diff=536698"/>
		<updated>2015-06-23T06:53:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page Temple worship means... to Temple worship means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;temple worship means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|19Nov11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|19Nov11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|3}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Temple Worship|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary V-W-X-Y-Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Initiation_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Initiation Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Initiation Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;DetroitInitiationsDetroitJuly181971_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Initiation_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;30&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Detroit Initiations -- Detroit, July 18, 1971&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Detroit Initiations -- Detroit, July 18, 1971&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In this way the temple worship means all these senses being engaged in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, mind and senses. Then they can, cannot do any harm. They&#039;re already engaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Detroit Initiations -- Detroit, July 18, 1971|Detroit Initiations -- Detroit, July 18, 1971]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: That verse is not quoted there? Sa vai manaḥ kṛṣṇa-padāravindayor vacāṁsi vaikuṇṭha-guṇānuvarṇane. Leg should be engaged to go to the temple of Kṛṣṇa. Hand should be engaged for cleansing the temple. Nose should be engaged for smelling tulasī which is offered to the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa. Ear should be engaged for hearing about Kṛṣṇa. Eyes should be engaged for seeing Kṛṣṇa beautifully dressed. These things are... In this way the temple worship means all these senses being engaged in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, mind and senses. Then they can, cannot do any harm. They&#039;re already engaged. They cannot have any other engagement. And if you keep vacant the mind and the senses, then māyā will capture. Then eye will go to see the cinema and tongue will go to the restaurant, for rooster(?) (cocktails?), what is called? These things will be engaged. Yes.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SannyasaInitiationLectureCalcuttaJanuary261973_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Initiation_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;51&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Sannyasa Initiation Lecture -- Calcutta, January 26, 1973&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Sannyasa Initiation Lecture -- Calcutta, January 26, 1973&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Temple worship means to distribute the prasādam to the poor. That is temple worship.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Sannyasa Initiation Lecture -- Calcutta, January 26, 1973|Sannyasa Initiation Lecture -- Calcutta, January 26, 1973]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So by worshiping Kṛṣṇa... Kṛṣṇa is not hungry. He&#039;s fully satisfied. He doesn&#039;t require to eat. Temple worship means to distribute the prasādam to the poor. That is temple worship. Temple worship does not mean that you, you bring some rice from the neighborers and cook it and eat yourself and sit, sleep down, nice. No. Temple worship means you must distribute prasādam... You should... To the poor. Everyone is poor. Not that the rich man is not poor. Actually I have seen one rich man, he was coming for asking some prasādam. In my, before when I taking, when I was gṛhastha, I was going in so many temples, asking for some prasādam. That&#039;s a long history. So there is no question of, if one is financially poor, he should come to the temple. Everyone should come to the temple and ask for prasāda. That is required.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1973_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1973 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1973 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationSeptember191973Bombay_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1973_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;76&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- September 19, 1973, Bombay&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- September 19, 1973, Bombay&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The temple worship means there will be regulative principles, that you will have to rise early in the morning, you have to attend class, kīrtana... These things, as soon as you give up all these things, zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- September 19, 1973, Bombay|Room Conversation -- September 19, 1973, Bombay]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: No, you invite others or not, whether your program was going on?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: No, till then it wasn&#039;t, Prabhupāda.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Then it was simply a joint mess, that you go and collect and come and eat and sleep.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: Yes.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: That is very dangerous. Then you will all fall down. If you make a joint mess, if you go and collect something and then eat and sleep, then everything will be... Therefore I do not want to keep separate. The temple worship means there will be regulative principles, that you will have to rise early in the morning, you have to attend class, kīrtana... These things, as soon as you give up all these things, zero. Then it will be like karmīs, as they are, hard labor, collecting money, and enjoying senses. That&#039;s all. So that is the pitfall everywhere. In the church, temple, as soon as they get some nice income, then in the name of &amp;quot;priest,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sādhu,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sannyāsī,&amp;quot; they do the same thing. Therefore Gosvāmīs, they left everything. That is the danger of viṣaya, viṣaya touch. Viṣaya chāḍiyā se rase majiyā. As soon as we give up this śravaṇam, kīrtanam, then it becomes viṣaya. Viṣaya means materialism. There is no spiritualism. Kṣurasya dhārā, kṣurasya dhārā. Kṣura means sharpened razor. If you are careful, you cleanse very nicely. If you are not careful, immediately blood. Immediately. So the spiritual life is like that. As soon as you become little inattentive, immediately māyā captures, &amp;quot;Yes, come on.&amp;quot; Then everything failure. We have got the tendency to enjoy sense. So senses are strong. As soon as there is opportunity, the senses will take advantage immediately. Then your whole business finished, Choṭa Haridāsa, and rejected by Mahāprabhu, &amp;quot;Get out.&amp;quot; Even associate of Caitanya Mahāprabhu failed, personal associate. So there is chance of falling down even from the personal association of God. Jaya-Vijaya, they had to become demons. So these are the... If we do not follow strictly our regulative principles, routine work, then the whole scheme will be failure.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Temple_organization_means&amp;diff=536696</id>
		<title>Temple organization means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Temple_organization_means&amp;diff=536696"/>
		<updated>2015-06-23T06:53:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page Temple organization means... to Temple organization means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Temple organization means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Serene}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|16Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|16Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Temples|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Organization|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary M-N-O]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Correspondence&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;1968_Correspondence&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1968 Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1968 Correspondence&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Let&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Letter to Mukunda -- San Francisco 14 September, 1968&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Letter to Mukunda -- San Francisco 14 September, 1968&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Temple organization means decorating the Deities very nicely, with flowers, lights, dress, decoration, offering nice foodstuff in good silver plates, five times arati, with Kirtana and lecturing.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Mukunda -- San Francisco 14 September, 1968|Letter to Mukunda -- San Francisco 14 September, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My Dear Mukunda,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please accept my blessings. I am so glad to receive your letter dated Sept. 9, 1968, and I have noted the contents carefully. Previously I received one letter from Syamasundara. as well as from Gurudasa. I have replied Syamasundara.&#039;s letter already and I am subjoining herewith also the reply to Gurudasa.&lt;br /&gt;
I know in London there are many Indians settled as residents. And most of them own their own house also. Sometimes back when I was in Vrindaban, we had talk with Bon Maharaja and he gave me the idea that in London the Indians want some nice temple. So if you can establish one nice temple of Radha Krishna with the cooperation of the Indians, I think there is great possibility for this purpose. I am confident that you will be able to do this because in the beginning of my starting this International Society, you helped me in so many ways. The San Francisco center was also established by your endeavor and cooperation by Syamasundara., and now both of you are in London, so I am sure the London center will certainly be established.&lt;br /&gt;
Annapurna&#039;s father, Mr. Webb, told me that there are many old churches which are not being properly used. So if you can secure one big church, that will be very nice. I am glad to learn that in London there are 2 to 5 lacs of Indians. And if they cooperate with you, we can maintain a very big establishment. If they contribute one pound per annum per head, that means a lot of money. And temple organization is the best means to attract devotees. Temple organization means decorating the Deities very nicely, with flowers, lights, dress, decoration, offering nice foodstuff in good silver plates, five times arati, with Kirtana and lecturing. So you have got all these ideas, and you are six there. If you strictly follow the rules and regulations and become American priests, of the temple, so the Indian hindus will be surprised and certainly they will be attracted. Just like the hindus in San Francisco are being gradually attracted due to our nice temple arrangement here. They will hold a meeting here with me tomorrow at 11:00 a.m. to consider how to improve the temple. One of the Gujarati devotees has contributed a silver Vigraha of Krishna, and has donated $51.00. I came here to San Francisco last Sunday, the 8th, and there was a nice function of installing the Deity in the temple throne, and initiation of several newcomers devotees. I thought that Cidananda could go to Australia, but that idea has not been successful because the man in charge is an atheist, and as he scented that Cidananda is going to establish a center of Hare Krishna, he has withdrawn his cooperation and proved that his country is very unfortunate. So I am asking Gaurasundara to go to Hawaii or Florida. Gargamuni has already started one center at Seattle and Ananda Brahmacari from Montreal has gone to Vancouver. And New Vrindaban is being taken care of by several devotees.&lt;br /&gt;
I hope that the money which I sent from Montreal to the Charter Bank in account of Samuel Speerstra has already been received by him. I shall be glad to hear on this point. So the $1,655.00 and further $600.00 contributed by me and Hamsaduta may be conveniently deposited in London in the branch of Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce. And open an account in my name. And send the passbook to me so that when I shall go to London there will be no difficulty there for me. I hope this will find you in good health, and offer my blessings to Janaki. Please keep me informed at least once in a week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your ever well-wisher,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Temple_life_means&amp;diff=536690</id>
		<title>Temple life means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Temple_life_means&amp;diff=536690"/>
		<updated>2015-06-23T06:53:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page Temple life means... to Temple life means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Temple life means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|08Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|08Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Living in the Temple|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary J-K-L]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Correspondence&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1977_Correspondence&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;12&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Correspondence&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1977 Correspondence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1977 Correspondence&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LettertoBhaktaWayneBombay3January1977_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1977_Correspondence&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Let&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Letter to Bhakta Wayne -- Bombay 3 January, 1977&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Letter to Bhakta Wayne -- Bombay 3 January, 1977&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Temple life means following strictly the regulative principles and chanting a minimum of 16 rounds, or more if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Letter to Bhakta Wayne -- Bombay 3 January, 1977|Letter to Bhakta Wayne -- Bombay 3 January, 1977]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Please accept my blessings. I am in due receipt of your letter dated December 18, 1976. I have noted the contents.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Temple life means following strictly the regulative principles and chanting a minimum of 16 rounds, or more if possible. The temple must always be kept neat and clean. If the family is not favorable then let them remain separate and you remain in the temple. And, even if you live with your family, where is the difficulty? The same principles must be followed.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;As far as music is concerned, we have got our standard of music, the Hare Krishna Maha Mantra. We do not require to introduce anything new.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Technologist_means&amp;diff=536686</id>
		<title>Technologist means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Technologist_means&amp;diff=536686"/>
		<updated>2015-06-23T06:53:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page Technologist means... to Technologist means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Technologist means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|02Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|02Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Technology|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1977 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1977 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;ConversationHowtoSecureBrahmacarisJune241977Vrndavana_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;195&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Conversation: &#039;How to Secure Brahmacaris&#039; -- June 24, 1977, Vrndavana&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Conversation: &#039;How to Secure Brahmacaris&#039; -- June 24, 1977, Vrndavana&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Technologist means śūdra.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Conversation: &#039;How to Secure Brahmacaris&#039; -- June 24, 1977, Vrndavana|Conversation: &#039;How to Secure Brahmacaris&#039; -- June 24, 1977, Vrndavana]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda:  This is Western civilization. They say plainly, &amp;quot;What is wrong? I&#039;ll forget.&amp;quot; Such degradation has taken place in the human society. We are trying a little bit to raise them. That is our humble attempt. Otherwise... Mandāḥ sumanda-matayo manda-bhāgyāḥ ([[Vanisource:SB 1.1.10|SB 1.1.10]]). All unfortunate, everyone, all bad, manda. They have created their own manufactured ideas. Mandāḥ sumanda-matayaḥ. Manda-mata and sumanda-mata. Bad, very bad. Why? Manda-bhāgyāḥ, unfortunate. They got this human form of life after so many births, and they do not take advantage.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:hari hari biphale janama goṅāinu,&lt;br /&gt;
:manuṣya-janama pāiyā, rādhā-kṛṣṇa nā bhajiyā,&lt;br /&gt;
:jāniyā śuniyā biṣa khāinu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This is going on. Knowingly they are drinking poison, and we are trying to save them. Very difficult task. Jāniyā śuni... This Narottama dāsa&#039;s song, a very practical and very easily applica... Jāniyā śuniyā... Nobody drinks poison knowingly, but these people, we are all drinking poison knowingly. They&#039;re refusing to take Kṛṣṇa consciousness. So little difficult but very responsible task. So at least bring five hundred students. Then it will be very nice, gradually. Respectable gentleman, big, big man, at least these big, big merchants, their student doesn&#039;t... Just like Birla family, other big, big... If they require some technologists, they can hire. There are so many tech... Technologist means śūdra. And actually they are doing that. They do not train their own sons to become technologist. They pay for that, the śūdras, as servants are... The Englishmen used to say these men, craft and technolo..., &amp;quot;educated laborer.&amp;quot; They are laborer and little educated. There are uneducated laborer, just like carpenter. He doesn&#039;t require any education. If he knows how to rub on... What is called, that? That instrument? He doesn&#039;t require to become M.A., Ph.D. All these laborers are working so nicely. So why they should spend, waste their time in going to school and college? From the very be... As soon as he&#039;s ten years old only, let him learn practically how to weave cloth, how to become carpenter, how become other craftsman. And in due course of time he can earn his... How to cultivate land... Why so many big, big universities for inviting everyone? There is no need. Educated means brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya. Brāhmaṇa will give real knowledge, and kṣatriyas will govern. For vaiśyas and śūdras, there is no... It is waste of time. Formerly it was done so. The vaiśyas, they have got a son, goes to a shopkeeper: &amp;quot;Please here let my son work with you. He doesn&#039;t want any salary.&amp;quot; So he gets engagement. Then, by seeing, seeing, he becomes little important. And the proprietor gives him some hand expense. And then, one day, he becomes very expert. He starts his own business. That was the system. Why he should go and waste time for education? A boy is given to a carpenter. He learns very easily. A weaver, he learns very easily. A shopkeeper, grocer, he learns very easily. That is education. Why he should waste time for academic education and create unemployment? So long he&#039;s not educated, he has got enough employment. Still they take in the morning, say, half a mound of ḍāl and goes home to home: (Hindi) So by saying, after mound of ḍāl, he makes up these two, three rupees&#039; profit. That&#039;s all. Where is unemployment?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Teacher_means&amp;diff=536682</id>
		<title>Teacher means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Teacher_means&amp;diff=536682"/>
		<updated>2015-06-23T06:52:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page Teacher means... to Teacher means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;teacher means&amp;quot; }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rati}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|21Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|21Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=3|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teacher|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;BG_Chapters_1_-_6&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;BG Chapters 1 - 6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;BG Chapters 1 - 6&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 4.34-38 -- New York, August 17, 1966&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 4.34-38 -- New York, August 17, 1966&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;And that is very reasonable. If you do not this, do not know the subject matter, how can you be a teacher? Eh? A teacher means he knows the thing. He knows the science.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.34-38 -- New York, August 17, 1966|Lecture on BG 4.34-38 -- New York, August 17, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So there is no bar for anyone, that one cannot become the spiritual master. Everyone can become spiritual master, provided he knows the science of Kṛṣṇa. That is the only qualification. And that is very reasonable. If you do not this, do not know the subject matter, how can you be a teacher? Eh? A teacher means he knows the thing. He knows the science. So only qualification of the spiritual master, as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu says, kibā śūdra, kibā vipra, nyāsī kene naya, yei kṛṣṇa-tattva-vettā: &amp;quot;Anyone who knows the science of Kṛṣṇa...&amp;quot; This is the science of Kṛṣṇa, this Bhagavad-gītā. If anyone knows perfectly, then he becomes the spiritual master.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;1973_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1973 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1973 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Conversation with Mr. Wadell -- July 10, 1973, London&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Conversation with Mr. Wadell -- July 10, 1973, London&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That is, that is, that is our... Teacher means... When I approach a teacher, he must be a bona fide teacher. He should not be cheater.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conversation with Mr. Wadell -- July 10, 1973, London|Conversation with Mr. Wadell -- July 10, 1973, London]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Then you should not be teacher. Then you should not be teacher. Then you are cheater.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Wadell: But... No, because knowledge is...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That is, that is, that is our... Teacher means... When I approach a teacher, he must be a bona fide teacher. He should not be cheater. If he has no sufficient knowledge, he should not pose himself as a teacher.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- December 4, 1973, Los Angeles&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- December 4, 1973, Los Angeles&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Teacher means one who knows. He does not know; still he poses in the post of a teacher.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- December 4, 1973, Los Angeles|Morning Walk -- December 4, 1973, Los Angeles]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Their system is to remain a student and pose as teacher, their system. They&#039;re trying to learn it, and still they&#039;re posing as teacher. Teacher means one who knows. He does not know; still he poses in the post of a teacher.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;He is doing the work of a brāhmaṇa—teacher means brāhmaṇa—and eating meat-Oh, horrible! Śyāmasundara? So make, organize.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1975 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1975 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Devotees -- August 1, 1975, New Orleans&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Devotees -- August 1, 1975, New Orleans&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Devotees -- August 1, 1975, New Orleans|Room Conversation with Devotees -- August 1, 1975, New Orleans]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Cobbler is less than śūdra. Yes. Cobbler means when the cows die, the cobbler may take it. If he wants, he can eat the flesh, and he can utilize the bone, hoofs. He can prepare... He gets the skin without any price. So he can make shoes and he&#039;ll make some profit. And because he is cobbler, he can be allowed to eat meat, fifth-class... Not that &amp;quot;Professor such-and-such,&amp;quot; and eating meat. This is the degradation of society. He is doing the work of a brāhmaṇa—teacher means brāhmaṇa—and eating meat-Oh, horrible! Śyāmasundara? So make, organize. I can give you the idea, but I&#039;ll not live very long. If you can carry out, you can change the whole... Especially if you can change America, then whole world will change.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Taste_means&amp;diff=536676</id>
		<title>Taste means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Taste_means&amp;diff=536676"/>
		<updated>2015-06-23T01:02:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AgataK: AgataK moved page Taste means... to Taste means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Taste means, if you like it&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;material taste means}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila| Visnu Murti}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|05Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|14Jul09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Taste|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.16 -- Los Angeles, August 19, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.16 -- Los Angeles, August 19, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If there is taste, then you can very nicely go on chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare,/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.16 -- Los Angeles, August 19, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.16 -- Los Angeles, August 19, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; This ruci. Vāsudeva-kathā-ruciḥ. Śuśrūṣoḥ śraddadhānasya [SB 1.2.16]. So if you continually hear with faith and appreciation, then you will come to the stage of tasting, &amp;quot;Yes.&amp;quot; Taste means, if you like it, that is called taste. Not that by force one has to eat something. Unless he has got a taste for it... Just like if we are forced to eat meat, we cannot eat, because we have no taste for it. But another, as soon as you give a plate of meat, immediately, voracious eating. Yes. Because he has got the taste for it. So this taste is required. Then you get the sword, yad anudhyāsinā. If there is taste, then you can very nicely go on chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare,/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta_Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.137-142 -- New York, November 29, 1966&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.137-142 -- New York, November 29, 1966&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The material taste means we want to gratify senses in so many ways, and the supermost point is sex life.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.137-142 -- New York, November 29, 1966|Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.137-142 -- New York, November 29, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So a person in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he cannot be in distress of material miseries. It goes automatically, automatically. Taiche bhakti-phale kṛṣṇe prema upajaya. Similarly, by execution of this devotional service, gradually you develop love of God, love of God. And preme kṛṣṇāsvāda haile bhava nāśa...  And as soon as you get a taste for Kṛṣṇa, you at once lose all this nonsense taste, culminating into sex life. The material taste means we want to gratify senses in so many ways, and the supermost point is sex life. So as soon as you get into touch with Kṛṣṇa and you develop Kṛṣṇa love, all this nonsense finished. Then you are liberated. And so long you are attached even to a pinch of material taste, there is no question of liberation from material miseries; you have to continue this transmigration from one body to another, and body means material miseries. The material body means material misery. You may get the body of a king or you may get the body of Brahmā or Indra, Candra or the ant or the insignificant animal. Any body, any material body, that is meant for miseries, miseries, tāpa-traya, threefold, threefold material miseries, and, besides that threefold miseries, ultimately birth, death, old age and diseases.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AgataK</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>